• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • Ornaments of the Buddhas
  • The Sūtra of the Ornaments of the Buddhas
  • Toh 44-45

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh44-45.pdf

སྡོང་པོས་བརྒྱན་པ།

The Stem Array
Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā

Gaṇḍa­vyūha
ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ་ཆེན་པོའི་མདོ་སངས་རྒྱས་ཕལ་པོ་ཆེ་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་ལས་སྡོང་པོས་བརྒྱན་པའི་ལེའུ་སྟེ་བཞི་བཅུ་རྩ་ལྔ་པའོ།
shin tu rgyas pa chen po’i mdo sangs rgyas phal po che zhes bya ba las sdong pos brgyan pa’i le’u ste bzhi bcu rtsa lnga pa’o
“The Stem Array” Chapter from the Mahāvaipulya Sūtra “A Multitude of Buddhas”
Buddhāvataṃsaka­nāma­mahā­vaipulya­sūtrāt gaṇḍa­vyūha­sūtraḥ paṭalaḥ

Toh 44-45

Degé Kangyur, vol. 37 (phal chen, ga), folios 274.b–396.a; vol. 38 (phal chen, a), folios 1.b–363.a

ᴛʀᴀɴsʟᴀᴛᴇᴅ ɪɴᴛᴏ ᴛɪʙᴇᴛᴀɴ ʙʏ
  • Surendrabodhi
  • Vairocanarakṣita
  • Bandé Yeshé Dé
  • Jinamitra

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by Peter Alan Roberts
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2021

Current version v 1.1.6 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 1.19pm on Wednesday, 5th March 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh44-45.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
+ 11 sections- 11 sections
· Indian Origins of the Sūtra
· The Gaṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra in China
· Gaṇḍa­vyūha and Borobudur
· The Gaṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra in Tibet
· Translations into Western Languages
· The Meaning of the Title as Translated into Tibetan
· The Meaning of the Title Buddhāvataṃsaka Sūtra
· Who Is Sudhana and What Is a Śreṣthin?
· The Numbers
· Challenges in the Translation
· Detailed Summary of The Stem Array Sūtra
tr. The Translation
+ 56 chapters- 56 chapters
1. The Setting
2. Samanta­bhadra
3. Mañjuśrī
4. Meghaśrī
5. Sāgara­megha
6. Supratiṣṭhita
7. Megha
8. Muktaka
9. Sāgara­dhvaja
10. Āśā
11. Bhīṣmottara­nirghoṣa
12. Jayoṣmāyatana
13. Maitrayaṇī
14. Sudarśana
15. Indriyeśvara
16. Prabhūtā
17. Vidvān
18. Ratnacūḍa
19. Samanta­netra
20. Anala
21. Mahāprabha
22. Acalā
23. Sarvagamin
24. Utpalabhūti
25. Vaira
26. Jayottama
27. Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā
28. Vasumitrā
29. Veṣṭhila
30. Avalokiteśvara
31. Ananyagāmin
32. Mahādeva
33. Sthāvarā
34. Vāsantī
35. Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā
36. Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā
37. Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī
38. Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī
39. Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī
40. Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā
41. Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā
42. Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī
43. Gopā
44. Māyādevī
45. Surendrābhā
46. Viśvāmitra
47. Śilpābhijña
48. Bhadrottamā
49. Muktāsāra
50. Sucandra
51. Ajitasena
52. Śivarāgra
53. Śrīsaṃbhava and Śrīmati
54. Maitreya
55. Mañjuśrī
56. Samanta­bhadra and “The Prayer for Completely Good Conduct”
c. Colophon
+ 1 section- 1 section
· Tibetan Editor’s Colophon
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 6 sections- 6 sections
· Kangyur Texts
· Sanskrit Editions of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha
· Chinese Editions of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha and Commentaries
· Translations of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha
· Related Works in Tibetan
· Related Works in Other Languages
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

In this lengthy final chapter of the Avataṃsaka Sūtra, while the Buddha Śākyamuni is in meditation in Śrāvastī, Mañjuśrī leaves for South India, where he meets the young layman Sudhana and instructs him to go to a certain kalyāṇamitra or “good friend,” who then directs Sudhana to another such friend. In this way, Sudhana successively meets and receives teachings from fifty male and female, child and adult, human and divine, and monastic and lay kalyāṇamitras, including night goddesses surrounding the Buddha and the Buddha’s wife and mother. The final three in the succession of kalyāṇamitras are the three bodhisattvas Maitreya, Mañjuśrī, and Samanta­bhadra. Samanta­bhadra’s recitation of the Samanta­bhadra­caryā­praṇidhāna (“The Prayer for Completely Good Conduct”) concludes the sūtra.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by Peter Alan Roberts and edited by Emily Bower, who was also the project manager. Ling Lung Chen was consultant for the Chinese, and Tracy Davis copyedited the final draft. The translator would like to thank Patrick Carré and Douglas Osto, who have both spent decades studying and translating this sūtra, for their advice and help.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­2

The generous sponsorship of Richard and Carol Weingarten; of Jamyang Sun, Manju Chandra Sun and Siqi Sun; and of an anonymous donor, which helped make the work on this translation possible, is most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Stem Array (Gaṇḍa­vyūha) is a unique sūtra in that most of its narrative takes place in South India, far from the presence of the Buddha. It follows the journey of the young Sudhana from teacher to teacher, or kalyāṇamitra (literally “good friend”), beginning with his meeting Mañjuśrī when that bodhisattva came to South India. Another unique characteristic is that Sudhana’s teachers include children, non-Buddhists, a courtesan, merchants, and so on, among them a number of women. His teachers are both humans and deities, including eight night goddesses around the Bodhi tree and the forest goddess of Lumbinī, the birthplace of the Buddha. These teachers are often described as having received teachings from numerous other buddhas. For example, the bhikṣu Sāgara­megha describes how he received, from a buddha who appeared out of the ocean, teachings that would take more than a kalpa to write out. The kalyāṇamitras are described as having realizations and miraculous powers that test the limits of the imagination.

Indian Origins of the Sūtra

The Gaṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra in China

Gaṇḍa­vyūha and Borobudur

The Gaṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra in Tibet

Translations into Western Languages

The Meaning of the Title as Translated into Tibetan

The Meaning of the Title Buddhāvataṃsaka Sūtra

Who Is Sudhana and What Is a Śreṣthin?

The Numbers

Challenges in the Translation

Detailed Summary of The Stem Array Sūtra


Text Body

The Translation
The Noble Mahāvaipulya Sūtra “A Multitude of Buddhas”
Chapter 45: The Stem Array

1.
Chapter 1

The Setting

[V37] [B24]38 [F.274.b]


1.­1

The Bhagavat was in Śrāvastī, in a greatly adorned kūṭāgāra in Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s park, together with the bodhisattvas [F.275.a] Samanta­bhadra, Mañjuśrī, and others, including the bodhisattva mahāsattvas Jñānottara­jñānin,39 Sattvottara­jñānin,40 Asaṅgottara­jñānin, Kusumottara­jñānin, Sūryottara­jñānin, Candrottara­jñānin, Vimalottara­jñānin, Vajrottara­jñānin, Virajottara­jñānin, and the bodhisattva Vairocanottara­jñānin; the bodhisattvas Jyotirdhvaja, Merudhvaja, Ratnadhvaja, Asaṅga­dhvaja, Kusumadhvaja, Vimala­dhvaja, Sūrya­dhvaja, Rucira­dhvaja, Virajadhvaja, and the bodhisattva Vairocana­dhvaja; the bodhisattvas Ratnatejas, Mahātejas,41 Jñāna­vajra­tejas, Vimala­tejas, Dharma­sūrya­tejas, Puṇya­parvata­tejas, Jñānāvabhāsa­tejas, Samanta­śrī­tejas,42 Samanta­prabha­śrī­tejas, and the bodhisattva Daśa­dikprabha­parisphuṭa;43 the bodhisattvas Dhāraṇīgarbha, Gagana­garbha, Padma­garbha, Ratnagarbha, Sūrya­garbha, Guṇa­viśuddhi­garbha, Dharma­samudra­garbha, Vairocana­garbha, Nābhigarbha, and the bodhisattva Padma­śrī­garbha; the bodhisattvas Sunetra, Viśuddhanetra, Vimala­netra, Asaṅga­netra, Samanta­darśana­netra, Suvilokita­netra,44 Avalokitanetra, Utpalanetra, [F.275.b] Vajranetra, Ratnanetra, and the bodhisattva Gagana­netra;45 the bodhisattvas46 Deva­mukuṭa, Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­maṇi­mukuṭa, Bodhi­maṇḍa­mukuṭa, Digvairocana­mukuṭa, Sarva­buddha­saṃbhūta­garbha­maṇi­mukuṭa, Sarva­loka­dhātūdgata­mukuṭa, Samanta­vairocana­mukuṭa, Anabhibhūta­mukuṭa, Sarva­tathāgata­siṃhāsana­saṃpratiṣṭhita­maṇi­mukuṭa, and the bodhisattva Samanta­dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­mukuṭa; the bodhisattvas47 Brahmendracuḍa, Nāgendracūḍa, Sarva­buddha­nirmāṇa­pratibhāsa­cūḍa, Bodhimaṇḍacūḍa, Sarva­praṇidhāna­sāgara­nirghoṣa­maṇi­rāja­cūḍa, Sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­pramuñcana­maṇi­ratna­nigarjita­cūḍa, Sarvākāśa­talāsaṃbheda­vijñapti­maṇi­ratna­vibhūṣita­cūḍa, Sarva­tathāgata­vikurvita­pratibhāsa­dhvaja­maṇi­rāja­jāla­saṃchādita­cūḍa, Sarva­tathāgata­dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa, and the bodhisattva Sarva­tryadhva­nāma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa; the bodhisattvas48 Mahāprabha, Vimala­prabha,49 Vimala­tejaḥ­prabha, Ratnaprabha, Virajaprabha, Jyotiṣprabha, Dharmaprabha, Śānti­prabha, Sūrya­prabha, Vikurvita­prabha, and the bodhisattva Devaprabha; the bodhisattvas50 Puṇya­ketu, Jñānaketu, [F.276.a] Dharmaketu, Abhijñāketu, Prabhāketu, Kusumaketu, Maṇiketu,51 Bodhiketu, Brahmaketu, and the bodhisattva Samantāvabhāsa­ketu; the bodhisattvas52 Brahmaghoṣa, Sāgara­ghoṣa, Dharaṇī­nirnāda­ghoṣa, Lokendra­ghoṣa, Śailendra­rāja­saṃghaṭṭana­ghoṣa, Sarva­dharma­dhātu­spharaṇa­ghoṣa, Sarva­dharma­dhātu­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa,53 Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­pramardaṇa­ghoṣa, Mahā­karuṇānaya­megha­nigarjita­ghoṣa, and the bodhisattva Sarva­jagad­duḥkha­praśāntyāśvāsana­ghoṣa; the bodhisattvas54 Dharmodgata, Viśeṣodgata, Jñānodgata, Puṇya­sumerūdgata, Guṇa­prabhāvodgata, Yaśodgata, Samantāvabhāsodgata, Mahā­maitryudgata, Jñāna­saṃbhārodgata, and Tathāgata­kula­gotrodgata; the bodhisattvas55 Prabhāśrī, Pravaraśrī, Samudgataśrī, Vairocana­śrī, Dharmaśrī, Candra­śrī, Gagana­śrī, Ratnaśrī, Ketuśrī, and the bodhisattva Jñāna­śrī; the bodhisattvas56 Śailendra­rāja, Dharmendrarāja, Jagadindrarāja, Brahmendrarāja, Gaṇendrarāja, Devendrarāja, Śāntendrarāja, Acalendrarāja, Ṛṣabhendrarāja, [F.276.b] and the bodhisattva Pravarendra­rāja; the bodhisattvas57 Praśānta­svara, Asaṅga­svara, Dharaṇī­nirghoṣa­svara, Sāgara­nigarjita­svara, Megha­nirghoṣa­svara, Dharmāvabhāsa­svara, Gagana­nirghoṣa­svara, Sarva­sattva­kuśala­mūla­nigarjita­svara, Pūrva­praṇidhāna­saṃcodana­svara, and the bodhisattva Māra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa­svara; and the bodhisattvas58 Ratnabuddhi, Jñānabuddhi,59 Gagana­buddhi, Vimala­buddhi, Asaṅga­buddhi,60 Viśuddhabuddhi, Tryadhvāvabhāsa­buddhi, Viśālabuddhi, Samantāvaloka­buddhi, and the bodhisattva Dharma­dhātu­nayāvabhāsa­buddhi, and so on. There were five thousand bodhisattvas in all who had all arisen from61 completely good bodhisattva conduct and prayers,62 who had unimpeded fields of activity because they pervaded all buddha realms, who had the blessing of infinite bodies because they came into the presence of all tathāgatas, who had the pure orbs of unobscured eyes because they saw the manifestations of all the buddhas, who had gone to receive measureless proclamations63 because they unceasingly came into the presence of all tathāgatas when they attained buddhahood, who possessed infinite radiance through having attained the radiance of wisdom in all the ways of the ocean of the Dharma of the buddhas,64 who taught good qualities65 unceasingly throughout infinite kalpas because of their pure analytic knowledge, who had unrestricted66 conduct of wisdom as far as the ends of space because they manifested physical bodies in accordance with the aspirations of beings, [F.277.a] whose sight was free from defect because they knew that the realm of beings has no souls and no beings, and who had wisdom67 as vast as space because they pervaded the realm of phenomena with a network of light rays.


2.
Chapter 2

Samanta­bhadra

2.­1

Then the bodhisattva mahāsattva Samanta­bhadra looked upon the great assembly of bodhisattvas, and in order to categorize, teach extensively, clarify, illuminate, and give instructions on the Tathāgata’s samādhi called the gaping lion, he taught those bodhisattvas in ten ways the Tathāgata’s samādhi called the gaping lion through the equality of the nature of the realm of phenomena with the element of space, the equality of the three times, the equality of the realm of phenomena, the equality of the realms of beings, the equality of all worlds, the equality of the continuum of karma, the equality of the thoughts of all beings, the equality of the aspirations of beings, the equality of the appearances of phenomena, the equality of the times for ripening beings, and the equality of the faculties of all beings. [F.301.b]


3.
Chapter 3

Mañjuśrī

3.­1

Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta was residing271 in his kūṭāgāra together with bodhisattvas who had the same conduct; vajrapāṇis who constantly followed him; devas with physical bodies whose minds aspired to serve all the buddhas and were dedicated to bringing power to the entire world; devas who walked on foot following their past aspirations; devas of the earth who aspired to hear the Dharma; devas of pools, lakes, ponds, reservoirs, wells, and rivers who were dedicated to great compassion; [F.314.a] devas of fire who brought illumination through the light of wisdom; devas of the air who wore precious crowns; devas of the directions who illuminated the directions with wisdom; devas of the night who were dedicated to eliminating the darkness of ignorance; devas of the day who were dedicated to producing the daylight of the tathāgatas; devas of the sky who were dedicated to orbiting272 in the sky of the entire realm of phenomena; devas of the ocean273 who were dedicated to rescuing beings from the ocean of existence; devas of mountains who were dedicated to gathering the accumulation of omniscience and whose minds had ascended to the summit274 of the roots of merit; devas of rivers who were dedicated to adorning all beings and who were dedicated to aspiring to the characteristics and supernatural power of all the buddhas; devas of towns who were dedicated to caring for the towns that are the minds of all beings; nāga lords who were devoted to and longed for the town of the omniscient Dharma;275 yakṣa lords who were engaged in protecting all beings; gandharva lords who were dedicated to increasing the power of joy in all beings; kumbhāṇḍa lords who were dedicated to preventing rebirth as pretas; garuḍa lords who were engaged in aspiring to bring all beings out of the ocean of existence; asura lords who had the aspiration to attain the body and power of the Tathāgata, which have transcended the entire world; mahoraga lords [F.314.b] who rejoiced in seeing the Tathāgata and bowed down to him; deva lords who had been saddened by saṃsāra and gazed with admiration; and lords of Brahmakāyika devas who bowed down with great respect.


4.
Chapter 4

Meghaśrī

4.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, eventually arrived at the land called Rāmāvarānta. Having arrived there, he traveled through the land of Rāmāvarānta. Enjoying the delightful pleasures that arose from his past roots of merit and through the power of vast karma, he came to Sugrīva Mountain. He climbed Sugrīva Mountain and, seeking the bhikṣu Meghaśrī, he went to its eastern side. In the same way, he went to its southern, western, northern, northeastern, southeastern, southwestern, and northwestern sides, looking up and down for the bhikṣu Meghaśrī.


5.
Chapter 5

Sāgara­megha

5.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, contemplated the instruction of that kalyāṇamitra. He remembered the radiance of his wisdom.353 He analyzed that bodhisattva’s liberation. He reflected on354 the bodhisattva’s way of samādhi. He looked at the way of an ocean of bodhisattvas. He aspired toward the domain of buddhahood. He delighted in the direction of the vision of the buddhas. He contemplated the ocean of buddhas. He remembered the succession of buddhas. He comprehended that which is understood in the way of the buddhas.355 He looked into the sky of the buddhas.


6.
Chapter 6

Supratiṣṭhita

6.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, remembering the instructions of the kalyāṇamitra and the Dharma teaching called All-Seeing Eyes, contemplating the miracles of that tathāgata, keeping in his mind the clouds of the words and terms of that Dharma, [F.333.a] comprehending that ocean of Dharma gateways, observing the precepts of that Dharma, entering378 those ways of turning toward379 the Dharma, absorbed into the sky of that Dharma, purifying the range of that Dharma, and meditating on the precious continent380 of that Dharma, eventually arrived at Sāgara­tīra in the Laṅka region.381 Wishing to see the bhikṣu Supratiṣṭhita, he looked for him in the eastern direction. In the same way, wishing to see the bhikṣu Supratiṣṭhita, he looked for him everywhere: in the southern direction, in the western direction, in the northern direction, in the northeastern direction, in the southeastern direction, in the southwestern direction, in the northwestern direction, above, and below.


7.
Chapter 7

Megha

7.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, was filled with the power and might of faith in the Dharma. He was focused on the idea of following the Buddha; he was sincerely dedicated to the lineage of the Three Jewels; his mind illuminated the worlds of the three times;400 he was focused on following the great aspiration; he was continuously dedicated401 to saving all the realms of beings; his mind did not dwell on composite pleasures;402 he was devoted to contemplating the nature of all phenomena; he never deviated from the aspiration to purify all world realms; he dwelled without attachment in the circles of the assemblies of all the buddhas; he remembered the light of the Dharma;403 he remembered his kalyāṇamitras;404 and he proclaimed the lineage of freedom from desire.405


8.
Chapter 8

Muktaka

8.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, then contemplated that power of retention of the bodhisattvas called the light that is the display of Sarasvatī, remembered that particular entry by the bodhisattvas into an ocean of languages, remembered that particular entry by the bodhisattvas into the way of subtlety,418 remembered that particular purity of the bodhisattvas through purification of the mind, accomplished that particular accomplishment by the bodhisattvas of creating the predispositions for roots of merit, purified that particular bodhisattva gateway for ripening, refined that particular bodhisattva wisdom that attracts beings, made firmer that particular pure strength of bodhisattva motivation, stabilized that particular strength of the superior motivation of the bodhisattvas, purified that lineage of bodhisattva aspiration, developed419 that particular goodness that is in the minds of the bodhisattvas, and entered into that particular commitment of the bodhisattvas.


9.
Chapter 9

Sāgara­dhvaja

9.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, contemplated the teaching of the head merchant Muktaka and dedicated himself to the instructions of the head merchant Muktaka. He followed the inconceivable bodhisattva liberations. He called to mind the inconceivable radiance of bodhisattva wisdom. He practiced entering and comprehending the inconceivable realm of the Dharma. He comprehended the inconceivable bodhisattva methods of gathering pupils. He reflected on the inconceivable miracles of the tathāgatas. He aspired to the inconceivable aggregation of buddha realms. He contemplated the display of the blessings of the buddhas. He examined the inconceivable majestic power of the display of samādhis and liberations. He was dedicated to entering inconceivable separate, unobscured world realms. He developed the aspiration for inconceivable, enduring bodhisattva activity. And he adopted the inconceivable continuum of bodhisattva activity and prayer.


10.
Chapter 10

Āśā

10.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, delighted by the qualities of the kalyāṇamitra, [F.364.b] sent forth by the kalyāṇamitra, empowered by the sight of the kalyāṇamitra, practicing the instructions of the kalyāṇamitra, remembering the words of the kalyāṇamitra,527 and contemplating the kalyāṇamitra with affection, saw kalyāṇamitras as the source of the Buddhadharma, saw kalyāṇamitras as the teachers of the Buddhadharma, saw kalyāṇamitras as masters528 in the Dharma of omniscience, and saw the kalyāṇamitras as eyes that look into the sky of buddhahood.


11.
Chapter 11

Bhīṣmottara­nirghoṣa

11.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, thinking of following the bodhisattva instructions, thinking of following the pure conduct of bodhisattvas, thinking of increasing the strength of the merit of bodhisattvas, thinking of the illumination of the power of seeing the buddhas, thinking of developing the power to attain the treasure of the Dharma, [F.376.a] thinking of increasing the power of accomplishing the great prayers, thinking of facing every direction in the realm of the Dharma, thinking of the illumination of the nature of the Dharma, thinking of the dispersal of all obscurations, thinking of looking at the realm of Dharma free of darkness, thinking of the motivation704 that is stainless and unbreakable like Nārāyaṇa’s705 precious vajra, and thinking of invincibility and unassailability in the face of all the māra armies, eventually arrived in the land of Nālayu.


12.
Chapter 12

Jayoṣmāyatana

12.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, was illuminated by the wisdom of the bodhisattva liberation called the banner of being invincible to others. He dwelled in the direct experience of the inconceivable range of the miraculous manifestations of the buddhas. He perceived the direct knowledge of inconceivable bodhisattva liberations. His mind was illuminated by the wisdom of inconceivable bodhisattva samādhis. He had attained the radiance of the wisdom of samādhi that is present at all times. He was illuminated by the range of samādhi, in which all perceptions are present and included. He had obtained the light of the wisdom that transcends all worlds. He had the direct perception of dwelling in the entire range of the three times.719 He was devoted to the wisdom that teaches equality without dualistic conceptions. He had the light of wisdom that pervaded720 throughout all objects of perception. He had mastered the treasury of aspiration for pure patience toward all that is heard.721 He had attained the definitive wisdom722 of patience for natural phenomena. His mind was never apart from meditation on the nature of the bodhisattva conduct723 of higher cognition. His mind was irreversibly progressing toward the power of omniscience. He had attained the illumination of the knowledge724 of the ten strengths. His mind was never content in its aspiration to hear the sound of the words of the realm of Dharma. [F.380.b] His mind had gained entry into the field of dwelling in omniscience. His mind had attained the infinite display of bodhisattva conduct. His mind was purified725 by the infinite domain of great726 bodhisattva prayers. He had the mind with direct perception of the limitless knowledge without limit or center of the unceasing network727 of world realms. He had the mind that never wearies in ripening and guiding the infinite ocean of beings. He saw the infinite range of bodhisattva conduct. He saw the infinite diversity of the different world realms. He saw the small and the vast objects of perception included within the infinite world realms. He saw the various networks of names that are the bases for infinite world realms. He saw the various infinite, differing relative designations and terms for infinite world realms. He saw the infinite, differing aspirations of beings. He saw the infinite, differing categories of beings. He saw the infinite practices for guiding and ripening beings. He saw the various infinite perceptions728 of the directions and times of beings. [F.381.a]


13.
Chapter 13

Maitrayaṇī

13.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, with inconceivable respect755 for kalyāṇamitras, with a pure, vast756 aspiration, intent on the Mahāyāna, aspiring to the wisdom of buddhahood, [F.388.a] following the Buddhadharma, longing to follow the kalyāṇamitras, practicing veneration of the Dharma,757 intent on unimpeded wisdom, with conviction in the highest goal, being within the range of the apogee of wisdom, comprehending the three times in a fraction of an instant, intent on the nondual apogee of space, having attained certainty in the apogee of nonduality, dwelling in the nonconceptual apogee of the realm of the Dharma, having entered the comprehension of the way that is the apogee of being free of obscurations, dedicated to the harmony that is the apogee of action,758 realizing that the apogee of the tathāgatas is without an apogee, dwelling in the nonconceptuality that is the apogee of the buddhas,759 and dedicated to the wisdom that disperses the network of conceptualizations of all beings, had a mind free from all attachment to realms, free from attachment to all the circles of followers of the buddhas, and practiced, without dwelling in any location, the purification of all buddha realms; he had the recognition that there is no self and no beings within all beings, comprehended that all sounds are like echoes,760 and was dedicated to the realization that all forms are the same as reflections of forms.


14.
Chapter 14

Sudarśana

14.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, contemplated the profound conduct of wisdom of the bodhisattvas, contemplated reaching the profound basis of the realm of phenomena, contemplated all774 profound subtle wisdom, contemplated the profound aspect of worldly conceptualization, contemplated the profound ground775 that is without creation, contemplated the profound ground of the stream of the mind, contemplated the profound ground of dependent origination, contemplated the profound true776 ground of nature, contemplated the profound true ground of the terminology777 of beings, contemplated the profound ground of the adorning array of the realm of phenomena, contemplated the profound ground of dependence on the processes of the body, and contemplated the profound ground of the various transformations of the body.


15.
Chapter 15

Indriyeśvara

15.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, recited,799 promulgated, presented,800 investigated, elucidated, reflected on, described, taught, contemplated, bestowed, understood, was immersed in, repeated again and again, realized, propounded, illuminated, and surveyed the teaching of the bhikṣu Sudarśana.

15.­2

He eventually, with an entourage of devas, nāgas, yakṣas, and gandharvas, arrived at the city of Sumukha in the land called Śramaṇa­maṇḍala.


16.
Chapter 16

Prabhūtā

16.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, had obtained the rain from the cloud of the instructions of the kalyāṇamitras.

16.­2

He was like the ocean that never has too much rain from the clouds. The light from the sun of the wisdom of the kalyāṇamitras had caused the seedling of his powers to sprout from the ground of his ripened good karma.

16.­3

The net of light rays from the full moon of the instructions of the kalyāṇamitras had brought ease to his mind and body.


17.
Chapter 17

Vidvān

17.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, had obtained the light of the liberation called the unceasing display of the treasure of merit. He contemplated that ocean of merit. He viewed that sky of merit. He obtained that heap of merit. He climbed that mountain of merit. He accumulated that store965 of merit. He immersed himself in that river of merit. [F.11.b] He descended the steps into the bathing place of that merit. He purified that field of merit. He looked at that treasure of merit. He thought of that way of merit. He paid attention966 to that tradition967 of merit. He purified that lineage of merit.


18.
Chapter 18

Ratnacūḍa

18.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, had conviction in that river of merit. He viewed that field of merit. He purified that mountain985 of merit. He climbed down that stairway to the bathing place of merit. He opened that treasury of merit. He viewed that treasure of merit. He purified that domain of merit. He carried away that heap of merit. He developed that strength of merit. He increased that power of merit.


19.
Chapter 19

Samanta­netra

19.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, had perceived the visions of infinite buddhas. He had attained the companionship of infinite bodhisattvas. [F.19.b] He had been illuminated by the infinite ways of the paths of the bodhisattvas. His mind had certainty through being saturated by the infinite ways of the Dharma of the bodhisattvas.998 He purified the path of the infinite motivations of the bodhisattvas. He had attained the brilliance of the infinite faculties of the bodhisattvas. He dwelled in the infinite aspirations of the bodhisattvas. His mind followed the example of the infinite conduct of the bodhisattvas. He possessed the banner of the infinite invincibility of the bodhisattvas. He possessed the movement of the infinite light of wisdom of the bodhisattvas. He had attained the infinite illumination of the Dharma of the bodhisattvas.


20.
Chapter 20

Anala

20.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, remembered the succession of his kalyāṇamitras. He thought about the gateways of their instructions. He was content in his mind, thinking, “I have been accepted as a pupil by the kalyāṇamitras.” He observed in his mind, “I am under the protection of the kalyāṇamitras, and I will never regress in my progress toward the highest, complete enlightenment.” Thinking this, his mind was happy, his mind was serene, his mind was pleased, his mind was gladdened, his mind was delighted, his mind was joyful,1001 his mind was strong,1002 his mind was soothed, his mind was vast, his mind was adorned, his mind was unimpeded, his mind was unobscured, his mind was clear, his mind was composed, his mind had power, his mind had supremacy, his mind comprehended the Dharma, his mind pervaded the realms, his mind was adorned by the vision of the buddhas, and his mind never stopped focusing on the ten strengths.


21.
Chapter 21

Mahāprabha

21.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, remembered that illusion of wisdom. He contemplated the bodhisattva’s liberation that had the form of illusion. He examined the illusory aspect of the nature of phenomena. He comprehended the equality of the illusions of actions. He reflected on the equality of the illusions of phenomena. He comprehended the equality of the emanations that are ripened by the Dharma. He followed the inconceivable appearances that arise from wisdom. He accomplished the accomplishment of the illusions of infinite prayer. He purified the unimpeded conduct that has the true nature of an illusory manifestation. He analyzed the three times as having the characteristics of being composed of illusions.


22.
Chapter 22

Acalā

22.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, left the city of Suprabha, and having followed the road for a little while, he contemplated the instruction given to him by King Mahāprabha: he remembered the way of bodhisattva conduct called the banner of great love; he meditated on the light of the great samādhi called exercising power over the world; he realized1053 the variegated display of the lion throne and adornments of the pure bodhisattva body; he increased the inconceivable power and strength of bodhisattva aspiration and merit; [F.36.a] he made firm1054 the inconceivable way of bodhisattva wisdom that ripens beings; he reflected upon the inconceivable greatness of the general enjoyments of the bodhisattvas; he considered the inconceivable different aspects1055 of the bodhisattvas; he remembered the inconceivable pure ripening of beings by bodhisattvas; he thought about the inconceivable pure and perfect bodhisattva assembly of pupils; he had conviction in the inconceivable radiance of the bodhisattvas’ dedication to their duty to beings; and he attained happiness, powerful attraction, delight, contentment, deep joy, clarity of mind, brightness of mind, stability of mind, vastness of mind, and inexhaustibility of mind. He was in that way dedicated to remembering and thinking of the kalyāṇamitra.


23.
Chapter 23

Sarvagamin

23.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, visualizing in his mind the upāsikā Acalā, remembering the instruction of the upāsikā Acalā, with conviction in and no doubt about what the upāsikā Acalā had taught, proclaimed, instructed, described,1081 sanctioned, established, explicated, stated, and elaborated upon it; he followed it, contemplated it, comprehended it, meditated on it, was absorbed in it,1082 was fixed upon it, understood it, illuminated it, and became equal to it.1083


24.
Chapter 24

Utpalabhūti

24.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, had no regard for his life or body; he had no regard for engaging in dedication to obtaining and possessing the pleasures of existence; [F.46.a] he had no regard for the objects of perception that beings delight in; he had no regard for forms, sounds, smells, tastes, and textures; he had no concern for enjoying retinues and pleasures; he had no regard for any of the pleasures of the power of kingship and sovereignty; he was focused on attaining the highest purification of a buddha realm for the pure ripening and guiding of all beings; he was focused on never being satisfied with the extent of his offering to, honoring, and serving all the tathāgatas; he was focused on all phenomena with the wisdom that knows their nature;1091 he was focused on the qualities of bodhisattvas so that there would be no decline in his practice, which had the entire ocean of those qualities as its goal; he was focused on the great prayers of all bodhisattvas so as to maintain bodhisattva conduct throughout all kalpas; he was focused on entering the ocean of the circles of the followers of all tathāgatas; he was focused on all gateways of bodhisattva samādhis so as to manifest the attainment of all countless bodhisattva samādhis through each samādhi gateway; he was focused on all the light of wisdom of all Dharma wheels so as to never be satisfied with the extent of his obtaining Dharma wheels from all the tathāgatas; and he was focused on the kalyāṇamitras, who are the source of qualities, because the kalyāṇamitras are the source of the qualities of the buddhas, the bodhisattvas, and others.


25.
Chapter 25

Vaira

25.­1

When Sudhana set out on the path to Kūṭāgāra, he observed and contemplated how the path could be upward or downward, even or uneven,1097 dusty or free of dust, safe or hazardous,1098 difficult or unobstructed, and crooked or straight. He thought, “This journey to a kalyāṇamitra will be a cause for the practice of the bodhisattva path, will be a cause of the practice of the path of the perfections, and will be a cause of the path of benefiting all beings,1099 which will be a cause for turning all beings away from the precipice of attachment1100 and aversion, [F.49.a] of elation and depression;1101 will be a cause for turning all beings away from a perception1102 of inequality; will be a cause for removing the dust of the kleśas from all beings; will be a cause for clearing away the tree trunks, thorns, pebbles, and gravel of the various bad views of all beings; and, through their entering the unobscured realm of the Dharma, will be a cause for bringing them without hindrance to the palace of omniscience.


26.
Chapter 26

Jayottama

26.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, whose mind spread great love throughout the immeasurable realm of beings; whose being was saturated with the tenderness1130 of great compassion; who had accumulated a vast array of the accumulations of merit and wisdom; who had become free of all the dust, darkness, dirt, and mire of the kleśas; who had realized the equality of all phenomena; [F.51.b] who was devoted to the path that leads1131 upward to omniscience; who had chosen1132 the gateway for entering into immeasurable good qualities; who had the exertion1133 of firm diligence that is unimpaired by any bad quality; who was filled1134 with the vast calmness1135 of inconceivable bodhisattva samādhis; who shone with the light of the sun of wisdom that eliminated all the darkness of ignorance; who scattered flowers of wisdom brought by the pleasant, cool breezes of methods; who followed the way of wisdom that emerged from an ocean of great aspirations; and who possessed the wisdom that permeated without impediment the entire realm of the Dharma‍—he had approached entry into the city1136 of faultless1137 omniscience, and he yearned for the bodhisattva path.


27.
Chapter 27

Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā

27.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, set out for the town of Kaliṅgavana in the land of Śroṇāparānta and then arrived there. Searching for the bhikṣuṇī Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā, as he roamed here and there he questioned the people he met. There were many hundreds of young men1155 and many hundreds of young women assembling and following in the streets, crossroads, and street junctions, together with many hundreds of men and many hundreds of women.


28.
Chapter 28

Vasumitrā

28.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, with his mind illuminated by that great light of wisdom, focusing upon the light of omniscience, regarding the light of the power of the true nature, strengthening the way of retention that is the treasure of what was known from the voices of all beings, increasing the way of retention that possesses the Dharma wheels of all the tathāgatas, supporting1205 the power of the great compassion that is a refuge for all beings, realizing the strength of the omniscience that comes from the gateway of the light of the way of all Dharmas, following the pure aspiration that pervades the domain of the vast realm of phenomena, shining with the light of wisdom that illuminates all the directions of phenomena, accomplishing the power of the higher knowledge that pervades the array of world realms in the ten directions of all phenomena, and fulfilling the aspirations of accomplishing undertaking all the practices, memories, and actions1206 of the bodhisattvas, eventually arrived at the city of Ratnavyūha in the land of Durga and searched for the courtesan Vasumitrā.


29.
Chapter 29

Veṣṭhila

29.­1

Then Sudhana went to the town of Śubhapāraṃgama [F.66.a] and approached the householder Veṣṭhila. He bowed his head to his feet, stood before him, and, with his hands placed together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it.

29.­2

“Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! Explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


30.
Chapter 30

Avalokiteśvara

30.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, contemplating the instruction of the householder Veṣṭhila, knowing that treasury of bodhisattva aspiration, remembering that power of bodhisattva memory, keeping in his mind the power of that successive lineage of the way of the buddhas, comprehending the continuous succession of the lineage of the buddhas, remembering the names of the buddhas that he had heard,1246 being in accord with the way of the Dharma taught by the buddhas, comprehending the array of attainments through the Dharma1247 of the buddhas, having confidence in the proclamation1248 of complete buddhahood by the buddhas, and focused on the inconceivable activity of the tathāgatas, eventually came to the Potalaka Mountain. [F.69.a] He ascended the Potalaka Mountain and searched and searched for the bodhisattva Avalokiteśvara.


31.
Chapter 31

Ananyagāmin

31.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, his mind having acquired Avalokiteśvara’s verses of wisdom,1268 had not had enough of gazing on the bodhisattva Avalokiteśvara, but so as not to disobey his instruction, Sudhana went to where the bodhisattva Ananyagāmin was.

31.­2

He bowed his head to the feet of the bodhisattva Ananyagāmin. Then he stood before him and, with his hands placed together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it.


32.
Chapter 32

Mahādeva

32.­1

Sudhana had a mind that followed the vast conduct of bodhisattvas. He had the nature of longing for the scope of the wisdom of the bodhisattva Ananyagāmin. He saw the special qualities of accomplishing great higher cognition. He had attained joy in the armor of stable diligence. He had the aspiration to follow the displays1271 of inconceivable liberations. He practiced the qualities of the bodhisattva level. He analyzed on the level of samādhi. He was established on the level of the power of retention. He engaged in the level of prayer. He trained in the level of discernment. He was accomplishing the level of power.


33.
Chapter 33

Sthāvarā

33.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, eventually reached the goddess of the earth, Sthāvarā, in the land of Magadha’s bodhimaṇḍa. When he arrived there, one million earth goddesses proclaimed to one another, “Someone who will be a refuge for all beings is coming here! Someone who has the essence of the tathāgatas and who will break open the enclosing egg of ignorance of all beings is coming here! Someone who is in the family of the kings of Dharma and will attain the state of an unimpeded, stainless king of the Dharma is coming here! Someone who is a hero with the thunderbolt weapon that has the great power of wisdom and who will subdue the circle of opponents is coming here!”


34.
Chapter 34

Vāsantī

34.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, remembering the teaching of the earth goddess Sthāvarā, remembering the bodhisattva liberation called the essence of invincible wisdom, becoming adept in the meditation of bodhisattva samādhi, contemplating the way of the bodhisattva Dharma, analyzing the displays of bodhisattva liberation, viewing the very subtle wisdom of bodhisattva liberation, entering the ocean of the wisdom of bodhisattva liberation, with faith in the different wisdoms of bodhisattva liberation, realizing the mastery of the wisdom of bodhisattva liberation, and descending into the ocean of the wisdom of bodhisattva liberation, arrived at the location of the town of Kapilavastu.


35.
Chapter 35

Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā

35.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, contemplating the night goddess Vāsantī’s first entry into the pure domain of aspiration to enlightenment, analyzing the arising of the essence of a bodhisattva, comprehending the ocean of bodhisattva prayer, purifying the bodhisattva path of perfections, overcoming the domain of the bodhisattva levels, augmenting the domain of bodhisattva conduct, following1325 an ocean of the setting-forth of bodhisattvas, looking at the ocean of the great illumination of omniscience, increasing the bodhisattva clouds of great compassion intent on saving all beings, and attaining the blessing of the completely good bodhisattva conduct and prayer of the night goddess Vāsantī that extends to the limits of all realms, went to the location of the night goddess Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā. Having reached her, he bowed his head to the feet of the night goddess Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā, circumambulated the night goddess Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā many hundreds of thousands of times, keeping her to his right, and then stood before her and, with palms together, said, “Āryā, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment. However, I do not know how a bodhisattva practices on the level of a bodhisattva, how a bodhisattva sets forth, how a bodhisattva accomplishes.” [F.92.a]


36.
Chapter 36

Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā

36.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, was blessed by the instruction of the kalyāṇamitra; his mind practiced the words of the kalyāṇamitra; his mind had the perception of the kalyāṇamitra as a physician and himself as a patient; [F.96.a] his mind was contented by focusing on the vision of the kalyāṇamitra; his mind had obtained the opportunity to disperse the mountain of obscurations to the vision of the kalyāṇamitra; his mind had attained, through seeing the kalyāṇamitra, entry into the ocean of the ways of the great compassion that saves all the realms of beings; his mind had attained, through seeing the kalyāṇamitra, the illumination by wisdom of the ocean of the ways of the realm of phenomena.


37.
Chapter 37

Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī

37.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, aspiring to the night goddess Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā’s samādhi of the bodhisattva liberation called the banner of the power1432 of vast, stainless, completely good joy, comprehending it, understanding it, knowing it, believing in it, undertaking it, pervading it, recollecting it, remembering it, and meditating on it,1433 practicing the instruction of the kalyāṇamitra and memorizing the instruction given by the night goddess Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā in order to maintain the continuity of the teaching of instruction, approached the night goddess Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī. Through contemplating1434 seeing a kalyāṇamitra, through the domain of all his faculties,1435 by going from place to place1436 to obtain the sight of a kalyāṇamitra, through looking in all directions, through being intent on searching for a kalyāṇamitra, through being free from all pride, [F.113.b] through the prowess1437 of pleasing a kalyāṇamitra, through being resolved to create a great accumulation of merit, through having become single-mindedly intent upon a kalyāṇamitra,1438 and through all his roots of merit,1439 he had gained the unwavering motivation for a kalyāṇamitra’s conduct of skillful methods, had developed an ocean of the power of diligence for increasing reliance on a kalyāṇamitra, and had prayed to dwell with and follow kalyāṇamitras equally in all kalpas.


38.
Chapter 38

Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī

38.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, meditating on the night goddess Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī’s bodhisattva liberation called the manifestations that guide beings that appear in all worlds, and contemplating it, having faith in it, engaging in it, increasing it, expanding it, augmenting it,1498 gaining power over it, illuminating it, and being absorbed in it, approached the night goddess Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī.


39.
Chapter 39

Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī

39.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, was meditating on, familiarizing himself with,1530 and cultivating the bodhisattva liberation called the display in each instant of mind of the arising of the power of vast delight. He was following, remembering, [F.148.a] and comprehending the instruction and teachings of the night goddess Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī, remembering each word and letter, the numerous countless aspects, the knowledge of the aspects of the nature of phenomena, and he was relying on it through his memory, analyzing it with his intelligence, comprehending it with his understanding,1531 increasing it with his intellect, feeling it with his body, practicing it, and engaging in it, and eventually he arrived where the night goddess Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī was.


40.
Chapter 40

Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā

40.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, further meditating on, believing in,1555 and increasing the bodhisattva liberation called the entry into beautiful sounds and profound manifestations, went to where the night goddess Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā was. He saw the night goddess Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā seated upon a lion throne consisting of the saplings of precious trees, inside a kūṭāgāra made from the branches of all perfumed precious trees and encircled by an entourage of ten thousand night goddesses. [F.159.b]


41.
Chapter 41

Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā

41.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, went to where the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā was. He saw the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā in the center of her entourage, seated upon a throne that contained kings of jewels that illuminated the dwellings of all beings. She had a body covered completely in a net of jewels that illuminated the ways of the realm of phenomena. Her body revealed the images of the sun, the moon, and all the planets, stars, and constellations. She had a body that manifested to the perception of beings in accordance with their wishes. She had a body such that her own body was perceived by all beings as having the same form as their bodies. She had a body that manifested perceptions of a vast, centerless, edgeless ocean of skin colors. She had a body that manifested practicing all paths of the practice of conduct. She had a body that could be perceived from every kind of orientation.1628 She had a body that was present in all worlds, filling all directions with the sound of thunder from the cloud of the Dharma and with various miraculous manifestations. She had a body that reached throughout the realm of space, at all times looking at how to benefit all beings. She had a body that paid homage and bowed down at the feet of all tathāgatas. She had a body that came before all beings, aiding them in the accumulation of roots of merit. [F.180.a] She had a body that possessed the mindfulness of keeping and never deviating from the motivation to accomplish and fulfill the prayer to receive and possess clouds of Dharma directly from all the tathāgatas. She had a body that filled all principal and intermediate directions with light that had no edge or center. She had a body that manifested the illumination and the spreading light of the lamp of Dharma, dispelling the darkness in all beings. She had a body that manifested as a stainless body of the wisdom that phenomena are like illusions. She had a body that manifested as a Dharma body free of darkness and dust. She had a body that appeared with the nature of being an illusion. She had a mind free of darkness that had realized the true nature. She had attained the illumination in all aspects of the light of wisdom. She had a mental body that was completely free of illness and had no pain. She had appeared from the realm of the enduring and indestructible Dharma body. She had a body that was the pure body of the stainless true nature, the state completely without kleśas, and which had the nature of the unlocated blessing of the tathāgatas.

41.­2

When he had seen her, he bowed his head, and, remembering the ways of seeing her, which were as numerous as the atoms in a buddha realm, he bowed down to the ground, prostrating himself for a long time.1629 Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, then stood up from the ground, placed his palms together, and, looking at the body of the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā, he gained ten pure perceptions, and through gaining them he gained commonality with all kalyāṇamitras.1630

41.­3

What were those ten? [F.180.b] (1) He gained the perception of his own mind being among the kalyāṇamitras in order to have all the diligence for undertaking the attainment of omniscience. (2) He gained the perception of the pure nature of the ripening of his own karma so as to attain the accomplishment of vast roots of merit from honoring kalyāṇamitras. (3) He gained the perception of the adornment of bodhisattva conduct so as to remain in the conduct that is the adornment of all prayers. (4) He gained the perception of the accomplishment of all the Dharmas of the buddhas so as to practice the path of the instructions of all the tathāgatas. (5) He gained the perception of the arising of sensations so as to see the radiance of practicing the unsurpassable Dharma that is the field of all buddhas. (6) He gained the perception of a single setting forth so as to have the pure conduct and prayer of setting forth through the completely good conduct.1631 (7) He gained the perception of the origin of the ocean of the merit of omniscience so as to increase the accumulation of all good qualities. (8) He gained the perception of protecting, increasing, and completing incomplete1632 good qualities so as to increase the power of diligence for omniscience in the enlightenment of buddhahood. (9) He gained the perception of the completion of all roots of merit so as to fulfill the wishes of all beings. (10) He gained the perception of the accomplishment of all goals among kalyāṇamitras so as to be established in having the power of the qualities1633 of all bodhisattvas. [F.181.a]

41.­4

Those are the ten pure perceptions he gained. Having gained them, he gained from the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā commonalities with bodhisattvas that were as numerous as the atoms in a buddha realm.

41.­5

These were the commonality of memory in the way of remembering the three times of all the tathāgatas in the ten directions; the commonality of understanding in comprehending the different1634 ways of the ocean of all Dharmas; the commonality of knowledge in the skill of the different, particular ways of having knowledge of the range of the wheel of the Dharma of all the tathāgatas; the commonality of understanding for attaining, through an understanding as extensive as space, the illumination of the ocean of ways in the three times; the commonality of pure faculties for attaining the illumination of the knowledge of an ocean of the faculties of all bodhisattvas; the commonality of pure mind for realizing the path adorned by the acquisition of the qualities of the bodhisattva path with its display of gathering beings in every way; the commonality of a pure field of activity for attaining the illumination of the field of activity of the wisdom of the tathāgatas; the commonality of following a way for attaining all aspects of the illumination of the path for entering an ocean of the ways of omniscience; the commonality of the comprehension of meaning for attaining the comprehension of the nature of all phenomena; [F.181.b] the commonality of Dharma practice for the destruction of the mountain of all obscurations;1635 the commonality of a pure form body for attaining a pure body adorned by signs and features of a great being that are manifested separately to beings according to their wishes; the commonality of strength for the increase of focusing on omniscience through perfecting the strength of a bodhisattva; the commonality of fearlessness for the purification of the space of mind and thoughts; the commonality of diligence for attaining the unwearying continuation of bodhisattva conduct throughout all kalpas; the commonality of eloquence for attaining the illumination of the unobscured knowledge of all Dharma; the commonality of being unsurpassable for the purification of a body superior to all beings; the commonality of undaunted, intrepid speech1636 for the purification of words that bring joy to all circles of followers; the commonality of sound for expressing the ocean of sound of the ways of all the Dharma; the commonality of the pure aspects of the voice in the ocean of the ways and terms used in the words of all beings; the commonality of the pure qualities in the pure realization of the qualities of the teaching of the tathāgatas; the commonality of not being in contradiction with the lineage of Dharma and karma for the pure ripening of karma without transgressions; [F.182.a] the commonality of being established on the level of good Dharma through Dharma generosity for the turning of the Dharma wheel of all buddhas that have appeared; the commonality of pure celibacy for remaining in the knowledge and field of all the tathāgatas; the commonality of great kindness for spreading in each instant, through various ways of kindness, throughout the ocean of all beings; the commonality of entering the ocean of the ways of great compassion of sending down a rain of the Dharma that protects all realms of beings; the commonality of activity of the body for having the same existence as all beings as a method for ripening them; the commonality of activity of the speech for speaking and communicating the Dharma; the commonality of activity of the mind for instilling a focus on omniscience in the minds of all beings; the commonality of the beautification of all various displays within all buddha realms for approaching the presence of all tathāgatas; the commonality of approaching their presence within the ocean of all buddhas that have appeared; the commonality of requesting all tathāgatas to turn the wheel of the Dharma; the commonality of serving through offerings all tathāgatas throughout all times without exception; the commonality of the guidance that ripens all beings within all realms of beings; [F.182.b] the commonality of attaining the illumination of all the ways of the Dharma; the commonality of attaining samādhi in the entire ocean of the ways of samādhi; the commonality of pervasion for pervading the entire ocean of buddha realms with all the miraculous manifestations and conduct of bodhisattvas; the commonality of bodhisattva conduct within the ocean of all the miraculous manifestations of bodhisattvas; the commonality of followers in the maintenance of all bodhisattva conduct; the commonality of entry in entering all the most subtle world realms; the commonality of distinctions of motivation in the vastness of all buddha realms; the commonality of the different kinds of approaching1637 in approaching the various kinds of entry into the ocean of all buddha realms; the commonality of pervading the extent of every kind of way in the perception of the infinite knowledge of the categories of all buddha realms; the commonality of arising in all buddha realms; the commonality of irreversibility for irreversibly and without impediment spreading throughout and remaining in all directions; the commonality of eliminating darkness for attaining the illumination of the domain of wisdom of the enlightenment at the bodhimaṇḍas of all buddhas; the commonality of following in the ocean of the circles of followers of all buddhas; the commonality of a spreading network of bodies in all the buddha realms in dedication to offering and service to tathāgatas in countless buddha realms; [F.183.a] the commonality of direct knowledge in constant engagement with the ocean of the ways of the Dharma; the commonality of practice in appropriate engagement with all the ways of the Dharma; the commonality of seeking the purification of undertakings made with an intense aspiration for the Dharma; the commonality of purity in accomplishing the adornment of the qualities of buddhahood through the activities of body, speech, and mind; the commonality of mind for the purification of the domain of the knowledge of all Dharmas by the domain of mind that is free of fearful thoughts; the commonality of diligent undertakings in engagement in bringing to its conclusion the undertaking of the accumulation of all roots of merit; the commonality of the display of conduct in the practice of all bodhisattva conduct; the commonality of practice without impediment in the comprehension of the attributes of all Dharmas; the commonality of the way of skillful methods in the miraculous manifestations here and there through the knowledge of the practice of the Dharma; the commonality of pure āyatanas in1638 manifesting a field of sensory perception in accordance with the wishes of beings; the commonality of the attainment of the gateways to bodhisattva samādhi within the attainment of meditation on and cultivation of all Dharmas; the commonality of empowerment in the abodes of all the tathāgatas;1639 the commonality of reaching the bhūmis1640 on attaining all the bhūmis1641 of the buddhas and bodhisattvas; [F.183.b] the commonality of abode in the establishment of all bodhisattvas; the commonality of revelation in the prophecies of all the buddhas; the commonality of samādhi in an ocean of samādhis in each instant; the commonality of being established in samādhi within the various characteristics of the activities of the buddhas; the commonality of mindfulness in the ocean of all the ways of being focused on mindfulness; the commonality of bodhisattva conduct in being dedicated to bodhisattva activities until the last of future kalpas; the commonality of aspiration for increasing the ocean of the power of delight in aspiring to the immeasurable knowledge of buddhahood; the commonality of repelling the mountain of all obscurations; the commonality of irreversible knowledge that accomplishes the infinite accumulation of the knowledge of the buddhas; the commonality of taking birth in the times for ripening and guiding all beings; the commonality of practice in the gateways to the ways of omniscience; the commonality of scope in entering the scope of supremacy in the ways of the realm of the Dharma; the commonality of being unbased in order to have a mind that has eradicated all bases; the commonality of the teaching of the Dharma for entering into the knowledge of the equality of all phenomena; the commonality of application for the body acquiring the empowerment of all the buddhas; the commonality of higher cognition in the ways of practicing gaining knowledge of all worlds; [F.184.a] the commonality of attaining miraculous powers without karmic accumulation in entering the ocean of realms in all directions; the commonality of the level of mental retention for attaining the illumination of an ocean of all retentions; the commonality of comprehending the intention of the Dharma wheels of the buddhas within the transmission of the sūtras; the commonality of comprehending the profound Dharma in comprehending the ways of the Dharma that are as vast as space; the commonality of illumination in the extent of all world realms; the commonality of brilliance in manifesting to the perception of beings in accordance with their aspirations; the commonality of shaking in manifesting to beings blessings and miraculous manifestations in the worlds; and the commonality of meaningful conduct in guiding beings through being seen, heard, or remembered; and he attained the commonality of setting forth for the awakening of the knowledge of the ten strengths, which fulfills all the ways of an ocean of prayers.

41.­6

In that way, Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, gained a state of delight. He attained those pure perceptions through looking at the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā. He attained these and other commonalities, as numerous as the atoms in a buddha realm, from the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā.

41.­7

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, because of the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā, entered ways of seeing that were as numerous as the atoms in a buddha realm; [F.184.b] he attained pure perceptions, without end or center, of the kalyāṇamitras; and he entered ways of commonality that were as numerous as the atoms in a buddha realm.

41.­8

With his upper robe removed from one shoulder and with his palms together, he bowed in the direction of the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā and recited these verses:

41.­9
“I regard my own mind and my aspiration
To enlightenment to be firm and irreversible.
As it is in your mind, so it is in mine.
And that which is mine has today become firm. {1}
41.­10
“I have been purified of everything that is sinful;
I have attained the unequaled1642 ripening of good karma.
When I look and see you, beautiful one,
I accumulate inexhaustible1643 good qualities. {2}
41.­11
“My mind is adorned by a river of qualities.
Through dedication to benefiting beings in various ways,
I practice a conduct that is thus adorned
Within all realms until the last of future kalpas. {3}
41.­12
“Āryā, in order to show your kindness to me,
You have revealed the accomplishment of all Dharmas.
I pray that for my benefit1644 you will decide to care for me
And bestow on me the highest teaching of the Dharma. {4}
41.­13
“You have repelled the path of falling into lower existences.
You have shown the pure path to the higher existences.
You have taught the path1645 to omniscience,
Which is the way followed by every sugata. {5}
41.­14
“Incomparable, marvelous one, I have in your presence1646
Developed the supreme conception of setting forth.
The pure entranceway to the Dharma of omniscience
Is immeasurable and stainless, like space. {6}
41.­15
“Today I have developed the immeasurable perception of you
As the excellent source of immeasurable omniscience.
An ocean of merit as immeasurable as space
Arises in the mind with every instant. {7} [F.185.a]
41.­16
“Āryā, I pray you empower me with the perfections.
I pray that you augment inconceivable merit.
Having augmented all goodness and qualities,
Cause me to quickly attain the level of omniscience. {8}
41.­17
“I constantly perceive the kalyāṇamitras
As the complete path to omniscience.
Therefore they will be made content
By my quickly perfecting all good qualities.1647 {9}
41.­18
“Therefore, from this come all benefits
And the accomplishment of good qualities.
I shall accomplish this path to omniscience
And proclaim it to beings through infinite praises. {10}
41.­19
“You are my teacher of immeasurable qualities.
You are my guide toward the qualities of omniscience.
Āryā, even in countless quintillions of kalpas
I will not be able to repay your kindness.” {11}
41.­20

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, having recited those verses, said to the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā, “Goddess, if you teach me this inconceivable scope of your bodhisattva liberation, then, goddess, what is the name of this liberation? Goddess, how long has it been since you entered upon attaining the highest, complete enlightenment? How long will it be before you attain the highest, complete enlightenment of buddhahood?”

41.­21

The night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā said to Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, “Noble one, this liberation is called the origin of the roots of merit that inspire the ripening of all beings. Noble one, through possessing this liberation, having realized the equal nature of all phenomena, [F.185.b] having comprehended the nature of all phenomena, and having relied on the Dharma that has no location, I have risen above all worlds, understood the differentiation of the forms of all phenomena, and, understanding the true nature that has no distinct color, no variation of color, no separate aspect of color, no concept of color, no blue color, no yellow color, no red color, no white color, no dissimilarities, no variety, no different aspects, no concepts, no blue, no yellow, no red, and no white colors,1648 I have form bodies of many categories of color; various kinds of color; numerous colors; countless colors; pure colors; every display of manifested colors; all-illuminating colors; colors that resemble those of all beings; colors that manifest and are superior in all worlds; colors of completely illuminated images; colors that are not inimical; the colors of the completely purified signs and features of a great being; colors that have the light of nontransgressive conduct; colors that manifest prowess through great strength; profound colors that are difficult to attain; colors that the entire world cannot defeat; colors that cannot be exhausted by the words of all beings;1649 colors that vary with each instant; colors that are the manifestations of various clouds of colors; colors in various forms and shapes; the colors of the appearance of countless miraculous manifestations; beautiful, shining colors; colors that increase all excellence and beauty; colors that accord with the ripening of all beings; colors of goodness that directly manifest to guide beings according to their aspirations; [F.186.a] colors that illuminate without obscuration; pure and unsullied colors of pure brightness; colors that manifest countless ways of the Dharma; unsurpassable colors that surpass and overwhelm all; colors that have no darkness or dimness; colors that are accomplished through all goodness; colors that are an ocean of qualities of greatness; colors created by past veneration of gurus; colors that create the pure space of superior motivation; colors that are perfect, sublime, wonderful, and vast;1650 colors that manifest an ocean of insuperable, inexhaustible qualities; colors that do not dwell in and are not mixed in with the world; colors that pervade all directions without impediment; colors that manifest the numerous varieties of the colors of the vast extent of countless realms in each instant; colors that increase the great power of joy in all beings; colors that gather together all the great ocean of beings; colors that resound with clouds of the entire ocean of qualities of the buddhas within every pore; colors that purify the ocean of wishes and aspirations of all beings; colors that teach with certainty all Dharmas; colors that shine with multicolored fields of networks of light rays; [F.186.b] colors with a stainless radiance like space; colors that are based on lights unstained by dust that are like pure kings of jewels; colors of the lights of the stainless true nature; colors that manifest the ocean of the different ways of countless colors; colors that illuminate all directions; distinct colors that are revealed to beings at the appropriate times; colors that arise from the direction of pacification and self-control; colors that pacify all kleśas; colors that are revealed within all the fields of merit of beings; colors that dispel all fears;1651 colors that efficaciously spread among beings; colors that promulgate the great prowess of wisdom; colors of the complete pervasion of the unimpeded body; colors that reveal everywhere to beings realms1652 of clouds1653 of excellent bodies; colors that gather an ocean of great love; colors that accomplish a great Sumeru of merit; colors from which arise images within the existences of worlds while not being dependent on beings; colors that purify the great strength of wisdom; colors that remember and accompany all worlds; colors like those of all jewels; colors that manifest the essence of brightness; colors that accord with the aspiration of all beings; colors that make perceivable the outer aspect of omniscience; colors that inspire beings through greatly delighting the eyes; colors of the lights of an excellent array of jewels; colors that without impediment are never turned away from all beings; colors that are not fixed and have no attachment;1654 [F.187.a] colors that manifest the rising of the power of the supremacy of manifestations through blessings; colors that manifest the rising of the power of the supremacy of manifestations through all miraculous powers; colors that illuminate the roots of merit of the tathāgatas; colors that spread into an ocean of the ways of the realm of all Dharmas free of transgressions; colors from which arise images that enter the circles of followers of all the buddhas; colors that accomplish an ocean of various colors; colors that arise from excellent conduct and good appropriate causes; colors that accomplish whatever accords with guidance; colors that the entire world never tires of looking at; colors that shine with pure light in the form of lights of many colors; colors that reveal the entire ocean of colors in the three times; colors that spread an ocean that has light rays of all colors; colors that reveal an ocean of fields of light with countless different kinds of various colors; colors that transcend all the lights emanated by all incenses; colors from each pore that manifest clouds of sun disks that are as numerous as the atoms in countless buddha realms; colors that have the blessing of vast clouds of the stainless forms of the disks of the moon; colors that spread infinite clouds of Sumerus of beautiful flowers; colors that send down rain from cloud banks of trees created from various garlands; colors that manifest clouds of lotuses made of all jewels; and colors that spread clouds formed from the mist of all perfumes and incenses throughout the entire realm of phenomena, [F.187.b]1655 which in each instant of mind are blessed as clouds of all treasures of powders and pervade throughout the ten directions of the ocean of the ways of the entire realm of phenomena, and through having acquired the blessing of the tathāgatas I manifest to beings who are guided through seeing, who are guided through hearing, who are guided through remembering, who are guided through creating emanations of Dharma wheels, who are guided through the time having come for their ripening, who are guided through the manifestation of form bodies, who are guided through acts of veneration, who are guided through realization, who are guided through manifesting various miracles and emanations, and who are guided through manifesting the perception of countless miracles and emanations, through the power of their aspirations, the power of the time, the power of turning them away from bad actions, the power of establishing them in the accomplishment of good actions, the power of accomplishing the karma of great prayers of the past, the power of the might of omniscience, the power of the qualities of attaining the miraculous manifestations of vast bodhisattva liberations, the power of the arising of the strength of great compassion that creates a refuge for all beings, and the power of the aspiration that creates a pure ocean of great love.

41.­22

“Noble one, in that way I am established in this bodhisattva liberation called the origin of the roots of merit that inspire the ripening of all beings, and comprehending the true nature of phenomena1656 to be without division, I manifest the shapes and colors of bodies without limit or center, [F.188.a] and from each manifested body come the perceptions within worlds of an endless and centerless ocean of colors, and from each manifested color clouds of light rays without limit or center are radiated, and from each light ray the images of buddha realms without limit or center are manifested, and in each buddha realm tathāgatas without limit or center are manifested, and each tathāgata manifests buddha miracles without limit or center, and thus I inspire those who have1657 past roots of merit, and I cause those who have not generated roots of merit to generate them, those who have generated them to increase them, and those who have increased them to make them vast.

41.­23

“In each instant of mind, I establish realms of beings without limit or center on the level of irreversible progress toward the highest, complete enlightenment. [B12]

41.­24

“Moreover, noble one, you asked, ‘How long has it been since you entered upon attaining the highest, complete enlightenment? For how many hundreds of kalpas have you been practicing bodhisattva conduct?’ Through the blessing of the buddhas I will teach you the answer.

41.­25

“Noble one, the domain of wisdom of the bodhisattvas is a field of perception without thoughts, concepts, or assumptions.1658 There is no1659 establishment or description of saṃsāra as being long or being short. There is no establishment or description of defiled kalpas, pure kalpas, short kalpas, great kalpas, numerous kalpas, [F.188.b] differing kalpas, a variety of kalpas, or irregular1660 kalpas.

41.­26

“Why is that? Noble one, the domain of wisdom of the bodhisattvas naturally has a completely pure nature, is free of all nets of conceptualization, has transcended all the mountains of obscurations, and, arising in their aspirations, illuminates all beings whom it is time to ripen and guide accordingly.

41.­27

“Noble one, it is like this: the disk of the sun itself has no enumeration of and does not exist as days and nights, but when it sets, that is perceived as sunset,1661 and when the disk of the sun rises, that is said to be daytime.

41.­28

“Noble one, in that way, in the domain of wisdom of the bodhisattvas there are no thoughts, concepts, or assumptions; there are also no perceptions of residing in saṃsāra and no division into times. However, through the power of the time for ripening all beings, that domain of wisdom without concepts that arises from the aspiration of the bodhisattvas has the enumeration of numbers concerning the duration of kalpas and the perceptions of saṃsāra. There is the enumeration of the duration of past and future kalpas in the conceptless domain of wisdom.

41.­29

“Noble one, it is like the analogy of the disk of the sun in the realm of space, which appears as a perceived image on all jewel mountains, all jewel trees, all jewel vessels, all jewel quarries, all oceans, all lakes and ponds, [F.189.a] in all bowls of water, and to all beings. It appears as a direct perception for all beings. The image of the disk of the sun appears in the atoms of all jewels, but the disk of the sun is not present in the mountains of jewels, does not enter the jewel trees, and so on, up to atoms of jewels, is not contained within precious stones, does not come to jewel quarries, does not enter oceans, and does not go into bowls of water, yet it appears within them.

41.­30

“Noble one, in that same way, bodhisattva mahāsattvas have risen high above the ocean of saṃsāra and are in the sky of the realm of Dharma of the tathāgatas, active within the field of activity that is the sky of the nature of phenomena, and dwell in the realm of the sky of peace. However, in order to ripen and guide all beings in all the paths of existence and births, they appear in bodies that are the same as those of all beings, but without being stained by the faults of saṃsāra, without being accompanied by thoughts and concepts, without the perception of a kalpa being long, and without the perception of a kalpa being short.

41.­31

“Why is that? Because bodhisattvas have transcended error, have transcended erroneous perception, mentation, and views, have comprehend all worlds to be like dreams, [F.189.b] realize all worlds to be like magical conjurations, have attained the realm of the wisdom that there are no beings, view all phenomena exactly as they truly are, and, through the power of the vast domain of compassion and of great prayers, appear to all beings in order to ripen and guide all beings.

41.­32

“Noble one, it is like the analogy of a ship on a great river, and so on, which is continuously engaged in ferrying beings across. It does not stay at the opposite shore, it does not stay at the near shore, and it does not remain in between.

41.­33

“Noble one, in the same way, bodhisattvas, through the power of the ship of the great perfections, are engaged in ferrying beings across the flow of the river of saṃsāra, doing so without fear of the near shore and without a conception of the bliss of the far shore. Yet they are continuously engaged in the practice of bringing all beings to liberation while maintaining bodhisattva conduct throughout countless kalpas without attachment to the different kinds of kalpas. They do not practice bodhisattva conduct with the perception that the passing of a kalpa is a long time.

41.­34

“Noble one, it is like the analogy of the realm of space that is the domain of the sky, the vast realm of phenomena, which though it includes the creation, destruction, and passing of all world realms is without thought and is naturally pure and completely undefiled, undisturbed, unobscured, and unwearied by possessing all realms throughout all future time. [F.190.a]

41.­35

“Noble one, in the same way, the domain of the space of the wisdom of bodhisattvas’ aspiration, with the revolving of the circle of the wind of great prayers, holds back beings from all the abysses of the lower existences without ever wearying; it brings them onto the path to happiness without being disheartened, brings them onto the path to omniscience without becoming despondent, is undisturbed by any kleśas, and is not afflicted by any of the harms of saṃsāra.

41.­36

“Noble one, it is like the analogy of a man, with all the larger and smaller parts of the body complete, who is a magical conjuration and in whose body ten qualities are absent. What are those ten? They are (1) inhalation, (2) exhalation, (3) cold, (4) warmth, (5) hunger, (6) thirst, (7) happiness, (8) unhappiness, (9) birth, aging, sickness, and death,1662 and (10) injury.

41.­37

“Noble one, in the same way, bodhisattvas have forms that emerge as the magical conjuration of wisdom; they have bodies that are not separate from the realm of the Dharma, and which are born in order to ripen all beings in the classes of existence within saṃsāra.1663

41.­38

“Although they are present in all kalpas, there are ten qualities that they do not have.

“What are those ten? They are (1) delight in saṃsāra, (2) sadness on being reborn within a class of existence within saṃsāra, (3) dedication to the pleasures of the senses, (4) an angry mind, (5) desire for enjoyments, (6) being afflicted by all the kleśas, (7) experiencing the sensation of suffering, (8) fear through being born in frightening existences, (9) yearning for an existence, and (10) clinging to an existence.

41.­39

“However, noble one, I shall also teach, through the blessing of the buddhas, in order to increase the power of the vast bodhisattva prayers of future bodhisattvas. [F.190.b]

41.­40

“Noble one, in the past, in times gone by, beyond as many kalpas as there are atoms in an ocean of world realms, and even further beyond, there was at that time, in that time, a world realm called Ratnaprabhā.

41.­41

“Noble one, in that world realm called Ratnaprabhā there was kalpa called Suprabha. In that kalpa called Suprabha there appeared ten thousand buddhas.

41.­42

“Noble one, the first of those ten thousand buddhas in that kalpa who appeared in that world was the Tathāgata Arhat Samyak­saṃbuddha Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja, who was one with wisdom and conduct,1664 a sugata, one who knows the world’s beings, an unsurpassable guide who tames beings, a teacher of devas and humans, a buddha, and a bhagavat. He was the first of them all to attain the highest, complete enlightenment of buddhahood.

41.­43

“Noble one, that tathāgata appeared not far from the royal capital named Rativyūhā in the central four-continent world. To the east of the royal capital Rativyūhā, there was a forest called Suprabha. In Suprabha Forest there was a bodhimaṇḍa called Ratna­kusuma­megha. At that bodhimaṇḍa called Ratna­kusuma­megha there appeared a lion throne on which there was a shining jewel lotus.1665 It was upon this that the Tathāgata Arhat Samyak­saṃbuddha Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja attained the highest, complete enlightenment of buddhahood.

41.­44

“At that time, in that time, the lifespan of humans was ten thousand years, but there occurred killing, [F.191.a] stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, slander, harsh speech, meaningless talk, avariciousness, maliciousness, and wrong views, and in that way the path of the ten bad actions became widespread and enduring.

41.­45

“The Bhagavat Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja remained1666 at the bodhimaṇḍa, teaching the Dharma to bodhisattvas,1667 in order to ripen the roots of merit of the lords of the world and Jambudvīpa humans who had served past jinas.

41.­46

“At that time, in that time, in the royal capital Rativyūhā, there lived King Jayaprabha, who in order to subdue them imprisoned many hundreds of thousands of people who had stolen, robbed, performed criminal acts, killed, performed sexual misconduct, lied, slandered, spoken harshly, and talked meaninglessly, who were avaricious, were malicious, held wrong views, were attached to desires contrary to the Dharma, were overwhelmed by irresistible desires, were encompassed by wrong Dharma, and who committed sinful actions, acted wrathfully, did not create merit, did not save1668 those who were in fear, did not respect their mothers, did not respect their fathers, were not reverential to mendicants, were not reverential to brahmins, were not respectful of āryas,1669 and committed transgressions.

41.­47

“King Jayaprabha had a son whose name was Vijitāvin. He was handsome, attractive, a delight to see, and he had a very beautiful, perfect, magnificent complexion. He had twenty-eight of the signs of a great being. He went up on the roof of the palace called Sarasvati­saṃgīti, [F.191.b] where he stayed, encircled by an entourage of many women. He heard the terrified cries of the beings who had been put into prison and were tightly bound by various instruments. On hearing them he became unhappy, and his mind was not at ease. Great compassion arose in him, and he descended from the roof of the palace. He entered the prison and inside that strict prison saw the beings who in darkness were imprisoned, bound in wooden stocks, chains, manacles, and fetters and chained one to another. It was thick with blinding smoke, and they were stricken by unpleasant sickening air, breathing with difficulty, tormented by hunger and thirst, and naked, without clothes, their bodies entirely covered in dirt and dust, their bodies covered by their own hair, their thighs tightly bound together; they were overwhelmed by a sensation of the suffering of a series of various torments, and in their suffering they cried out with unendurable wailing and screams.

41.­48

“When he saw this, a great compassion arose in him along with a motivation to help others. He reassured them, saying, ‘I will free from prison all those who have been placed in the darkness of this prison,’ thus giving them the gift of freedom from fear.

41.­49

“He went to King Jayaprabha and said to him, ‘Your Majesty, I request your attention. Taking pity on those beings who are in the unhappiness of being imprisoned, I have given them the assurance of freedom from fear. Please release them.’

41.­50

“King Jayaprabha gathered together his five hundred ministers and asked them, ‘What do you think?’ [F.192.a]1670

“They said, ‘All these prisoners have stolen from the king’s treasuries, have attempted to harm the king, have trespassed into your harem, and so on. They should be executed. Their punishment should be execution or to die in chains. Someone who undertakes to help them is committing a crime against the king.’1671

41.­51

“Prince Vijitāvin, giving rise1672 to an overwhelming compassion, said to those ministers, ‘Let it be as you have just said. I will endure all their experiences of suffering for their sake. Do to me whatever you would do to them and set them free! I will undergo every kind of unhappiness in order to free them from prison. I will even give up my body and life. Why is that? If I am unable to free even these beings from prison, how would I be able to liberate beings who are imprisoned in the three realms, who are bound by the noose of craving, who are within the darkness of ignorance, who have been cast into the darkness of stupidity, who are tormented by the suffering of poverty, who are distressed in the deep abyss of the lower existences, whose bodies have unpleasant shapes and ugly color, who are lacking in the functioning of the senses, who have bewildered minds, who do not see a way out of saṃsāra, who are devoid of light, who cling to the three realms, who lack the accumulations of merit and wisdom, who are deprived of a basis for wisdom, whose minds are stained by various kleśas, who are trapped in an enclosure of suffering, who are under the power of Māra, and who are tormented by birth, aging, sickness, death, misery, wailing, suffering, unhappiness, and tribulation?’ [F.192.b]

41.­52

“Prince Vijitāvin could not be dissuaded from freeing those imprisoned beings by offering up himself, by offering everything, and by ransoming them with his entourage and all his accumulation of wealth, and then taking on the suffering of those beings.

41.­53

“Then the five hundred ministers, wailing with their arms upraised, went to King Jayaprabha and said to him, ‘Your Majesty, we request attention. Prince Vijitāvin’s plans will destroy the kingdom!1673 We are even concerned for our own lives! If Your Majesty does not restrain the prince, before long Your Majesty’s life will be taken from you!’

41.­54

“Then King Jayaprabha became angry and condemned to death Prince Vijitāvin and all those people who were criminals.

41.­55

“When his birth mother heard this, she was distressed and, with her entourage of a thousand women with their hair in disarray, their jewelry cast aside, and their faces scratched, beating their breasts, with their heads covered with dirt, and wailing with piteous cries, came into the presence of the king, and she and her entourage bowed down at his feet and made this supplication: ‘Your Majesty, listen to our plea! Free Prince Vijitāvin! Spare the life of Prince Vijitāvin!’

41.­56

“Then the king had Prince Vijitāvin brought before him and said to him, ‘Prince, abandon those people who are criminals! If you do not abandon them, you will be executed in their stead!’ [F.193.a]

41.­57

“The prince was not disheartened or discouraged but was engaged in attaining the goal of omniscience, was dedicated to benefiting others, was led in all his actions by compassion, and accepted his death.

41.­58

“His mother requested King Jayaprabha to give him half a month, saying, ‘I request that this prince be allowed to perform acts of charity for half a month, and after that you may do as you wish.’

“The king gave his permission, saying, ‘Let it be so!’

41.­59

“The prince went to the great park called Sūrya­prabha, which was to the north of Rativyūhā, the royal capital, and was the traditional location for offerings and acts of charity. There the prince gave anyone whatever they wanted, making unconditional offerings and gifts of every kind for half a month. He gave food to those who wanted food, gave drink to those who wanted drink, and likewise gave steeds, clothes, flowers, powders, ointments, Dharma robes, parasols, banners, flags, precious jewelry,1674 all ornaments, and every kind of necessity that was wished for.

41.­60

“When the last day arrived, an assembly of many1675 beings gathered. The king’s ministers, the group of queens, the head merchants, the householders, the people of the land, and the Jains assembled.

41.­61

“The Bhagavat, the Tathāgata Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja, knowing it was the time to guide and ripen beings, also went to the site of the distribution of gifts. A gathering of lords of the devas was his entourage; lords of the nāgas made offerings to him; [F.193.b] lords of the yakṣas were bowing to him; lords of the gandharvas were praising him; lords of the asuras were bowing down to him; lords of the garuḍas, who were adorned by crest jewels, were with delight strewing offerings; lords of the kinnaras made offerings with joy and sang inspirational songs of praise; and lords of the mahoragas encircled him, gazing at his face.

41.­62

“That great gathering of beings and Prince Vijitāvin saw, approaching from afar, the Bhagavat, the Tathāgata Arhat Samyak­saṃbuddha Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja, who was handsome and delightful to look at, with pacified senses and a pacified mind, withdrawn,1676 victorious over the senses, as tame as an elephant, as pure, clear, and unpolluted as a lake, beautified by buddhahood’s emanations and great miraculous manifestations and by the powerful supremacy of buddhahood, and shining with the greatness of buddhahood. His body was beautifully adorned by the adornments of the physical signs and features of a buddha, and he was filling all worlds with the illumination of a buddha’s halo of light, illuminating with a buddha’s light rays, emanating a field of the spreading aroma of precious perfumes from all his body’s pores, and shaking all world realms in the manner of shaking buddha realms. He was approaching while sending down a rain from a cloud of all adornments, with the prowess of buddhahood, with the conduct of buddhahood that eliminates kleśas within all beings, and through the sight of the buddha’s face increasing the power of joy in all beings, [F.194.a] who on seeing the tathāgata gained faith in their minds in the tathāgata.

41.­63

“Then Prince Vijitāvin and the great gathering of beings went to greet in the distance the Bhagavat Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja, and with faith in him they prostrated with their whole bodies, touching the tops of their heads to his feet. They offered various kinds of offerings to him and said, ‘Come, Bhagavat! Come, Sugata! Tathāgata, pay heed to us! Tathāgata, take us into your care!’

41.­64

“Then Prince Vijitāvin prepared an excellent seat for the Bhagavat and said to him, ‘Bhagavat, I request that you be seated upon this seat that has been arranged for you.’

41.­65

“The Bhagavat approached it, and, through the blessing of the buddha, the types of devas who were devoted to cleanliness of the body transformed the seat so that it had in its center a lotus of the king of precious perfumes.

41.­66

“The Bhagavat, the Tathāgata Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja, sat upon that seat, and bodhisattvas sat upon the surrounding seats. The beings of that assembly, as soon as they saw his face, became freed from all obscurations; all their illnesses ceased, and they became vessels for the Dharma of the āryas.

41.­67

“Then the Bhagavat, the Tathāgata Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja, knowing that those beings had become ready vessels, gave the teachings in stages. He taught the sūtra called The Illumination of the Field of Causes. [F.194.b] He spoke through the entire ocean of the languages of beings, definitions, and sounds of the voice, speaking with the thousands of aspects of speech and possessing the thousands of aspects of the Dharma.

41.­68

“At that moment, eight hundred million beings within that assembly became free of impurities, became stainless, and developed the Dharma vision of the Dharma; many millions of beings attained the state beyond training; and ten thousand beings were guided into the Mahāyāna. Thus they entered into the way of completely good bodhisattva conduct and accomplished great prayers.

41.­69

“When the Bhagavat this time turned the wheel of the Dharma through the great miraculous powers of buddhahood, beings in the ten directions, as numerous as the atoms in a hundred thousand buddha realms, were guided into the Mahāyāna; beings without end or middle throughout the extent of the various worlds and buddha realms were turned away from the lower existences, and beings beyond number were brought onto the path to rebirth in the higher existences.

41.­70

“Prince Vijitāvin also attained this bodhisattva liberation called the origin of the roots of merit that inspire, in accordance with their dispositions, the ripening of all beings.1677

41.­71

“Noble one, at that time, in that time, there was the prince named Vijitāvin who gave up his own body and life, his accumulation of wealth, his entire entourage, and the happiness of living in the human world and freed those beings who were in prison, [F.195.a] made an unrestricted great distribution of gifts and offerings, honored the Bhagavat, the Tathāgata Arhat Samyak­saṃbuddha Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja, and, when he saw the face of that tathāgata, developed the aspiration for the highest complete enlightenment and attained this bodhisattva liberation called the origin of the roots of merit that inspire, in accordance with their dispositions, the ripening of all beings. If you think he was anyone else, noble one, do not see him in that way. At that time, in that time, I was the prince named Vijitāvin. In that way, I was the prince named Vijitāvin, who became saddened because of great compassion and who engaged in benefiting all beings without any hope of not remaining in the three realms or of having a karmic result in return; without any delight in fame, renown, or a great name; without praise for oneself; without criticizing others; without attachment to anything; having risen above the perceptions of existence; without delighting in the three realms; while turning away from the pleasures of the sensory field of the world, perceiving the field of the tathāgatas, having the pure motivation of the bodhisattvas, having created the thunderbolt of the superior motivation, and dedicated with great love to all beings; through compassion1678 for all beings undertaking the ending of suffering; with a sincere focus on the strengths of the tathāgatas; and while training in the path of the bodhisattvas, [F.195.b] adorning the path that brings forth the displays of the Mahāyāna, and gazing upon the gateway1679 into omniscience, in that way accomplishing actions that are difficult1680 to do.

41.­72

“Noble one, that is how long it has been since I attained this bodhisattva liberation called the origin of the roots of merit that inspire, in accordance with their dispositions, the ripening of all beings.

41.­73

“Noble one, what do you think? If you think that anyone else was at that time, in that time, the five hundred ministers who made a perverse request to King Jayaprabha and gave their counsel so that I would be executed, do not see them in that way. They were the five hundred men sent by Devadatta to assassinate the Bhagavat.

41.­74

“The Bhagavat has prophesied that they too will attain the highest, complete enlightenment in a future time, after as many kalpas as there are atoms in Sumeru, in a kalpa called Suprabha, as five hundred buddhas with various qualities and displays of a buddha realm, born into various clans and castes; with mothers and fathers with various names; manifesting various miraculous births; with various miraculous settings forth into homelessness; manifesting various lights from Bodhi trees; having various gateways into going toward bodhimaṇḍas; manifesting various defeats of Māra; manifesting various miraculous attainments of buddhahood; having various ways of turning the Dharma wheel, of terms, and of definitions; teaching various ways of the sūtras; teaching with various kinds of speech and voice; having an array of various assemblies of followers; radiating the various displays and powers1681 of their halos of light; [F.196.a] having various lifespans; having various blessings from their teachings; their teachings having various objectives; having various names; and all having bodies of great compassion.

41.­75

“The first in that kalpa will be a tathāgata by the name of Mahākāruṇika, who will attain the highest, complete enlightenment of buddhahood in a world realm called Ratnaprabhā. After him, in that same world, there will be the second tathāgata called Sarva­jagad­dhita­praṇidhāna­candra. The third tathāgata will be called Mahā­karuṇā­siṃha. The fourth tathāgata will be called Sarva­loka­hitaiṣin. The last of them all will be a tathāgata called Vaidyarāja.

41.­76

“Noble one, as for the men who were criminals at that time, in that time, who had committed offenses against the king, and whom I freed from imprisonment by going to the executioners and giving up my life and body, if you think that they were anyone else, do not see them in that way. They were the tathāgatas of the Bhadra kalpa, beginning with Krakucchanda, and also countless millions1682 of bodhisattvas, who upon seeing the Bhagavat, the Tathāgata Ananta­bala­vighuṣṭa­nirnādita­śrī­saṃbhava­mati, developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment and are now practicing bodhisattva conduct in the ten directions [F.196.b] and meditating and increasing this bodhisattva liberation called the origin of the roots of merit that inspire, in accordance with their dispositions, the ripening of all beings.

41.­77

“Noble one, what do you think? If you think that King Jayaprabha at that time, in that time, was anyone else, do not see him in that way. The great teacher Satyaka was at that time, in that time, King Jayaprabha.

41.­78

“Noble one, what do you think? If you think that King Jayaprabha’s retinue of queens in the harem, the sentinels at the harem entrance, and his court and attendants at that time, in that time, were anyone else, do not see them in that way. They were these six thousand Jains whom Satyaka brought before the Bhagavat, who came to debate against the Bhagavat so as to possess the victory banner of teaching, and when they came, the Bhagavat prophesied their attainment of the highest, complete enlightenment, telling them that they would come into a world as tathāgatas with the arrays of various realms, in various kalpas, and with various names.

41.­79

“Noble one, Prince Vijitāvin’s father and mother gave him permission, so that after he freed those beings from prison, he cast aside the pleasure of existence, the good fortune of wealth and precious treasuries, abandoned children and wives, and entered mendicancy under the Bhagavat, the Tathāgata Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja. After entering mendicancy he maintained celibacy for five thousand years.

41.­80

“During that time he accomplished ten thousand gateways into samādhi, [F.197.a] he attained ten thousand gateways into the power of mental retention, he entered ten thousand ways of higher cognition, he attained ten thousand bodhisattva treasures,1683 he developed ten thousand powers of omniscience, he purified ten thousand gateways into patience, he accomplished ten thousand realizations through contemplation, he multiplied ten thousand bodies with the strengths of a bodhisattva, he entered ten thousand gateways into the knowledge of a bodhisattva, he developed ten thousand ways of the perfection of wisdom, he perceived ten thousand gateways for looking at the buddhas in the directions, and he accomplished ten thousand bodhisattva prayers.

41.­81

“Possessing such qualities in each instant of mind, he could arrive in ten thousand buddha realms. In each world realm, in each instant of mind, he could remember ten thousand past and future buddhas. He could see and know ten thousand oceans of emanations from each of those buddhas going into the ten directions.

41.­82

“In each instant of mind, he could see all the beings within those ten thousand buddha realms. He knew their birth into various existences, their passing away and their rebirths, their decline, their ascent, their going on the path to happy existences, their going on the path to lower existences, their having a beautiful color, and their having a bad color,1684 exactly as they were born.

41.­83

“He saw the passing away and the rebirth of all those beings, and he saw and knew their movements of mind, the conduct of their minds, the continuation of their minds, their various thoughts, [F.197.b] their ocean of faculties, the vast extent of their activities, the conclusion of their karma, and the times for ripening and guiding them.

41.­84

“Noble one, when that prince passed away, he was reborn in the family of that king in the royal capital, Rativyūhā, in that Jambudvīpa, and he succeeded to the sovereignty of a cakravartin king. When he had become a cakravartin king, following the parinirvāṇa of the Bhagavat, the Tathāgata Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja, he honored the Tathāgata by the name of Dharma­gaganābhyudgata­śrī­rāja.

41.­85

“After that, he became a Śakra who at the bodhimaṇḍa honored the Tathāgata by the name of Devendragarbha.

“After that, in that world realm he became a Suyāma king of devas who honored the Tathāgata by the name of Dharaṇī­śrī­parvata­tejas.

41.­86

“After that, in that world realm he became a Saṃtuṣita king of devas who honored the Tathāgata by the name of Dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa­rāja.

“After that, in that world realm he became a Sunirmita king of devas who honored the Tathāgata by the name of Gagana­kānta­rāja.

41.­87

“After that, in that world realm he became a Vaśavartin king of devas who honored the Tathāgata by the name of Anavamarda­bala­ketu.

“After that, in that world realm he became an asura lord who honored the Tathāgata by the name of Sarva­dharma­nigarjita­rāja.

41.­88

“After that, in that world realm he became a Brahmā lord [F.198.a] who honored the Tathāgata by the name of Dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­samanta­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa.

41.­89

“Noble one, there were those and the rest of the ten thousand buddhas who appeared in that world realm of Ratnaprabhā during the Suprabha kalpa. Prince Vijitāvin honored all those tathāgatas.

41.­90

“Noble one, following that Suprabha kalpa arose the kalpa1685 called Suraśmi. During that Suraśmi kalpa there were ten thousand buddhas.

41.­91

“In that kalpa, I became Mahāmati. During the time when I was King Mahāmati, I honored the Tathāgata by the name of Lakṣaṇa­śrī­parvata.

41.­92

“Following that, in that same kalpa, I was a householder and I honored the Tathāgata by the name of Saṃvṛtaskandha.

“Following that, in that same kalpa, I was a minister and I honored the Tathāgata by the name of Vimala­vatsa.

41.­93

“Following that, in that same kalpa, I was an asura lord and I honored the Tathāgata by the name of Veśadhārin.

“Following that, in that same kalpa, I was a tree goddess and I honored the Tathāgata by the name of Lakṣaṇa­sumeru.

41.­94

“Following that, in that same kalpa, I was a caravan leader and I honored the Tathāgata by the name of Vimala­bāhu.

“Following that, in that same kalpa, I was a city goddess and I honored the Tathāgata by the name of Siṃha­vikrānta­gāmin.

41.­95

“Following that, in that same kalpa, I was a Vaiśravaṇa and I honored the Tathāgata by the name of Devendracūḍa.

“Following that, in that same kalpa, I was a gandharva king and I honored the Tathāgata by the name of Dharmodgata­kīrti. [F.198.b]

41.­96

“Following that, in that same kalpa, I was a kumbhāṇḍa lord and I honored the Tathāgata by the name of Avabhāsa­makuṭin.

41.­97

“Noble one, in that way, I honored those ten tathāgatas and all the others. I was reborn in various existences in the Suprabha kalpa and honored six hundred million tathāgatas and made offerings to all those tathāgatas. Whenever I came before each of those tathāgatas, I ripened realms of beings without end or middle for the highest, complete enlightenment. Whenever I came before each of those tathāgatas, I attained various entrances into samādhis, various entrances into powers of mental retention, various ways of accomplishments, various ways of accomplishing discernments, various realizations of the ways of omniscience, various ways of attaining the entrances to the illumination of the Dharma, various aspects of the analysis that comprehends the ways of knowledge, various illuminations of entering into the ocean of directions, and various illuminations of entering and comprehending the various oceans of realms, and I attained various illuminations of the perception that sees the ocean of tathāgatas. I overcame them, purified them, perfected them, and remained in them. They were born, they arose, they were increased, they were magnified, they arose perfectly, and they arose completely.

41.­98

“Just as I attended the tathāgatas in that Suprabha kalpa, during kalpas as numerous as the atoms in all the ocean of world realms, however many tathāgatas appeared, however many tathāgatas came from other world realms, [F.199.a] from all those tathāgatas who taught the Dharma, I heard the Dharma that they taught, and having heard it, I possessed it. I honored all those tathāgatas and served them. I held the teaching of all those buddha bhagavats. I obtained from all those tathāgatas various ways for the attainment of this bodhisattva liberation called the origin of the roots of merit that inspire, in accordance with their dispositions, the ripening of all beings, and I obtained various entrances into ways of liberation.”

41.­99

Then at that time, the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā, in order to describe and teach this liberation, recited these verses to Sudhana, the head merchant’s son.

41.­100
“You, friend,1686 have asked me about
This inconceivable supreme liberation.
I shall teach it through the blessing of the Sugata.
Listen to me properly and entirely. {12}
41.­101
“There was the beautiful world realm
Ratnaprabhā in the past beyond
Inconceivable, vast, endless kalpas
As numerous as the atoms in an ocean of buddha realms. {13}
41.­102
“In that time, there arose the kalpa Suprabha
In which countless jinas appeared.
I honored those lords of munis
And meditated on this liberation. {14}
41.­103
“There was a vast, excellent royal capital,
And its name was Rativyūhā.
At that time, the minds of beings were impure,
And they had dreadfully bad conduct. {15}
41.­104
“In that time, there was King Jayaprabha,
Who governed those beings according to the Dharma.1687
His son, named Vijitāvin, was handsome [F.199.b]
And adorned by the signs of a great being. {16}
41.­105
“At that time, seeing that the king was executing
Those many thousands of criminals,
The prince was filled with compassion and sadness,
And he quickly beseeched the king to release them. {17}
41.­106
“When the king had heard him, he gathered together
All his ministers and spoke to them.
They all bowed down to him and said to him,
‘This is a plan to assassinate you, Your Majesty!’ {18}
41.­107
“The king, having this misunderstanding,
At that time ordered the execution of his son.
The prince was indifferent to the loss of his own life,
And he did not free himself from being executed. {19}
41.­108
“When his mother heard that he was to be executed,
With her entourage she supplicated the king,
Asking for permission for the prince to give to the world
All that he possessed for the duration of half a month. {20}
41.­109
“The king gave his permission for that to be done,
And the prince gave away whatever was wanted
For half a month, day and night, practicing generosity.
And on the last day, to a gathering of Jains {21}
41.­110
“He gave whatever they desired,
And having given to them he prepared for death.
A multitude of beings wailing and weeping
Gathered together at the royal capital. {22}
41.­111
“At that time, there sat at the foot of a Bodhi tree
The Sugata Saddharma­ghoṣāmbara­dīpa­rāja.
That lord of beings knew it was time to ripen them,
And with great compassion he came to the place where gifts were given. {23}
41.­112
“The Tathāgata came to that gathering
Through his miraculous powers,
And the Sugata taught the king of sūtras,
The sound of the Dharma as a cloud of lamps of the Dharma. {24}
41.­113
“He guided beings without end or middle
And at that time gave prophecies of enlightenment.
The son of the king, Vijitāvin, was overjoyed
And entered upon attaining the supreme enlightenment. {25}
41.­114
“He offered to the Sugata vast honors and offerings, [F.200.a]
And with joy he said these words:
‘May I become for beings a sanctuary, a guide,
A protector, a refuge, and a defender.’ {26}
41.­115
“He became a mendicant under that muni
And sought the path to enlightenment.
He examined the nature of phenomena,
Remaining practicing in that way for a hundred kalpas. {27}
41.­116
“He had compassion for beings with no protector
Who were falling into an ocean of suffering,
And, meditating on the path to true enlightenment,
He attained at that time this liberation. {28}
41.­117
“He joyfully honored every one
Of the sugatas who appeared in that kalpa,
Making great offerings to all of them
And possessing their wheels of the Dharma. {29}
41.­118
“After that, during an ocean of kalpas
As numerous as the atoms in a sea of realms,
He made offerings, and he honored
However many jinas appeared. {30}
41.­119
“I was the one named Vijitāvin,
Who saw the prisoners in the dreadful prison,
Offered up his body in order to free them,
And at that time attained this liberation, {31}
41.­120
“Who meditated during a great ocean of kalpas
As numerous as the atoms in an ocean of realms,
And who, in each instant, multiplied the ways
That were unequaled and vast, without end or middle. {32}
41.­121
“I have obtained this liberation
From as many lords of munis as I saw;
They taught me this liberation
Through various ways of entry. {33}
41.­122
“I trained for many millions of kalpas
In this unmistaken, inconceivable liberation I received from them.
Established in it by the jinas, I was liberated.
I simultaneously drank from their clouds of Dharma. {34}
41.­123
“My bodies pervaded without impediment
All the realms in all the ten directions.
In each instant, I entered countless realms [F.200.b]
And entered the divisions of the three times. {35}
41.­124
“They gaze upon each and every one without exception
In the ocean of the jinas in the three times.
They wander in the presence of the clouds
Of the visual images of their bodies. {36}
41.­125
“They go in every direction,
Going into the presence of the jinas.
They send down a rain of every beautiful display,
And they offer it to those jinas. {37}
41.­126
“They ask an endless number of all questions
To the immense, vast ocean of buddhas.
And they possess all, without exception, of the rain
That falls from the clouds of the Dharma of the jinas. {38}
41.­127
“They go into every direction without exception,
Arriving in the presence of the fields of the jinas.
They manifest a variety of a multitude of forms,
And they manifest a variety of miracles. {39}
41.­128
“They fill all directions with thousands of forms
With their physical bodies that have infinite colors.
They can manifest from the form of a single body
Infinite aspects, vast without end or middle. {40}
41.­129
“They radiate an ocean of innumerable
Light rays from each and every pore,
And through a variety of methods they extinguish
The pain from the fire of the kleśas within beings. {41}
41.­130
“While they remain in one place, clouds of emanated bodies
Are radiated from each and every pore,
Filling all directions with marvelous wonders
And guiding beings with the rain of the water of the Dharma. {42}
41.­131
“This way of entering is that of inconceivable form.
It is the support for all the progeny of the jinas.
Remaining in this, they practice the conduct
Within all realms until the last of future kalpas. {43}
41.­132
“They teach the Dharma in accordance with aspirations,
And they repel the nets that are wrong views.
They establish beings in the higher existences and nirvāṇa,
And they teach the level of omniscience. {44}
41.­133
“They teach the Dharma according to aspirations
With endless colors and countless bodies, [F.201.a]
With all kinds of birth and worlds without exception,
With bodies that are the images of the bodies of all beings. {45}
41.­134
“These and also a measureless ocean of other qualities,
As numerous as the atoms in an ocean of realms
And beyond conception, are attained
By those who have this liberation, this peace. {46}
41.­135

“Noble one, I know only this bodhisattva liberation called the origin of the roots of merit that inspire, in accordance with their dispositions, the ripening of all beings. How could I know the conduct, or comprehend the ocean of qualities, or understand the prowess of the knowledge, or ascertain the states of mind, or realize the power of samādhi, or know completely the miraculous manifestation of the liberations of bodhisattvas who have transcended all the existences in worlds, who appear in the visual form of all births in worlds, who have transcended all worldly knowledge, who are dedicated to destroying the mountain of all obscurations of knowledge, who have discerned the nature and characteristics of all phenomena, who are dedicated to eliminating all the obscurations and darkness of the kleśas, who are skilled in the accomplishment of the analysis of all phenomena, who have the direct perception of the Dharma of there being no self, who are continuously ripening and guiding beings, who have realized the way of nonduality of the realm of the Dharma, and who have the intelligence to follow the ocean of all the ways within the scope of speech?1688

41.­136

“Depart, noble one. In the forest of Lumbinī in this Jambudvīpa, there is the goddess of the Lumbinī Forest called Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī. Go to her [F.201.b] and ask her, ‘How are bodhisattvas born into the family of the tathāgatas? How do bodhisattvas appear in the world? How do they unwearyingly practice bodhisattva conduct until the last of all future kalpas?’ ”

41.­137

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, bowed his head to the two feet of the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā, circumambulated the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā many hundreds of thousands of times, keeping her to his right, and, with palms together, looking back at her, departed from the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā. [B13]


42.
Chapter 42

Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī

42.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, remembering the instruction of the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā and meditating on, comprehending, and augmenting the bodhisattva liberation called the origin of the roots of merit that inspire the ripening of all beings, eventually arrived at the Lumbinī Forest.

42.­2

He circumambulated the Lumbinī Forest, keeping it to his right, and then searched for Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī, the Lumbinī Forest goddess.


43.
Chapter 43

Gopā

43.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, left the presence of Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī, the Lumbinī Forest goddess, and went to the location of the great city of Kapilavastu. [F.219.b]

43.­2

While meditating on, comprehending, increasing, practicing, purifying,1745 contemplating, and examining the bodhisattva liberation called the miraculous manifestations at the birth of bodhisattvas throughout all the perceptions of countless kalpas, he came to the assembly hall of the bodhisattvas called the Illuminating Light of the Realm of the Dharma.


44.
Chapter 44

Māyādevī

44.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, on the way to Māyādevī, undertaking the wisdom of practicing the scope of the activity of the buddhas, thought, “By what means can I see the kalyāṇamitras, honor them, meet them,1847 accompany them,1848 learn their qualities, know the field of their speech, understand the succession of their words, and possess the teachings of the kalyāṇamitras who have six āyatanas that have risen above all worlds; who have bodies that have transcended all attachments; who follow the path of unimpeded movement; who have pure Dharma bodies; who have bodies that are manifestations of illusory physical activities; who perform conducts in the world that are the illusions of wisdom; who have forms and bodies1849 from prayer;1850 who have bodies that are not born and do not cease; who have bodies that are neither true nor false; who have bodies that do not pass away or perish; who have bodies that do not originate and are not destroyed; who have bodies that have the single characteristic of having no characteristics; who have bodies that have no attachment to duality; who have bodies that are based on having no basis; who have bodies that do not decay1851 or diminish; [F.256.a] who have bodies without thoughts, like reflections; who have active bodies that are like dreams; who have bodies that do not depart, like the surface of a mirror; who have bodies that are established in peace, like the absence of directions; who have bodies that pervade all directions; who have bodies that have no differentiation between the three times; who have bodiless bodies of mind that are bodies without thought; who have bodies that have transcended the path of sight in all worlds; who have bodies that have been tamed through the path of completely good vision; and who have the unimpeded field of activity of space?”


45.
Chapter 45

Surendrābhā

45.­1

Sudhana went to the paradise of the lord of Trāyastriṃśa and approached the deva maiden Surendrābhā, the daughter of the deva Smṛtimat. He bowed his head to the feet of the deva maiden Surendrābhā, circumambulated the deva maiden Surendrābhā many hundreds of thousands of times, keeping her to his right, and then stood before the deva maiden Surendrābhā with his palms together in homage and said, “Āryā, goddess, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Āryā, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


46.
Chapter 46

Viśvāmitra

46.­1

Sudhana descended from the paradise of the lord of Trāyastriṃśa and eventually came to Viśvāmitra, the teacher of children, in the city of Kapilavastu. When he came to him, he bowed his head to the feet of Viśvāmitra, the teacher of children; circumambulated Viśvāmitra, the teacher of children, many hundreds of thousands of times, keeping him to his right; and then stood before Viśvāmitra, the teacher of children, with his palms together in homage and said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! Ārya, I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!” [F.273.b]


47.
Chapter 47

Śilpābhijña

47.­1

Sudhana went to where Śilpābhijña, the head merchant’s son, was present. When he came to him, he bowed his head to the feet of Śilpābhijña, the head merchant’s son, then stood before Śilpābhijña, the head merchant’s son, with his palms together in homage and said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! Ārya, I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


48.
Chapter 48

Bhadrottamā

48.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, went to the town called Vartanaka in the region of Kevalaka and approached the kalyāṇamitra Bhadrottamā. When he approached the kalyāṇamitra Bhadrottamā, he bowed his head to her feet, and then he stood before the kalyāṇamitra Bhadrottamā with his palms together in homage and said, “Āryā, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. [F.276.b] Āryā, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


49.
Chapter 49

Muktāsāra

49.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, eventually arrived in the southern region, and in the town of Bharukaccha he approached the goldsmith Muktāsāra. He bowed his head to the feet of the goldsmith Muktāsāra and then, standing before him with his palms together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it.


50.
Chapter 50

Sucandra

50.­1

Sudhana went to the householder Sucandra, bowed his head to the feet of the householder Sucandra, stood before him, and, with his palms together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


51.
Chapter 51

Ajitasena

51.­1

Sudhana eventually reached the town of Roruka and approached the householder Ajitasena, bowed his head to the feet of the householder Ajitasena, stood before him, [F.278.b] and, with his palms together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


52.
Chapter 52

Śivarāgra

52.­1

Sudhana eventually reached the village of Dharma and approached the brahmin Śivarāgra. He bowed his head to the feet of the brahmin Śivarāgra, stood before him, and, with his palms together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


53.
Chapter 53

Śrīsaṃbhava and Śrīmati

53.­1

Sudhana eventually reached the town of Sumanāmukha and approached the boy Śrīsaṃbhava and the girl Śrīmati. He bowed his head to their feet, stood before them with his palms together in homage, and said, “Āryas, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Āryas, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


54.
Chapter 54

Maitreya

54.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, his mind moistened by the instructions of the kalyāṇamitra, contemplated bodhisattva conduct. Thinking of how his many bodies in the past had failed to practice perfect conduct, he made resolute the strength of his body. Thinking of how his body and mind throughout the past, even though pure, were the worthless continuation of a saṃsāric mind, he applied the attention of his mind to conduct. Thinking how his actions throughout the past had been impure, had been devoted to the world, and were worthless hardships, he contemplated accomplishing in the present that which is very meaningful. [F.289.a] Thinking how throughout the past he had developed thoughts through incorrect examination, he generated the strength to create the correct examination of bodhisattva conduct. Thinking how his past bodies had a range of activity1974 dedicated to engaging in self-benefit, he made firm the strength of his superior, higher motivation to engage in benefiting1975 all beings. Thinking how in the past he had the flavorless conduct of continually seeking what was desired, he increased the great force of the power for attaining relief through engaging in obtaining the Dharma of the buddhas. Thinking how in the past he had engaged in conduct through an incorrect motivation, he purified1976 the flow of his mind in the present with a correct view that was free of error and with dedication to bodhisattva prayer. Thinking how in the past he fruitlessly had no diligence in his undertakings and practiced without diligence, in the present he motivated his mind and body by generating the diligence for remaining prepared to gather the Dharmas of the buddhas. Examining how he and others had been lost in the lower realms and1977 the five classes of beings, and thinking how in the past he had not taken care of his body, he increased a vast, powerful rejoicing and aspiration for maintaining a body with the power to accomplish all the Dharmas of the buddhas, take care of all beings, and serve all kalyāṇamitras. [F.289.b]


55.
Chapter 55

Mañjuśrī

55.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, after passing through a hundred and ten towns, came to the district called Sumanāmukha, where, while thinking of and looking for Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta, he was aspiring and praying to see Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta and continually yearning to meet him.

55.­2

Then Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta, from a distance of a hundred and ten yojanas, extended his hand and placed it upon the head of Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, who was in the town of Sumanāmukha, and said, “Well done, well done, noble one! Someone who does not have the power of faith, who has a mind that wearies, who has thoughts of despondency, who abandons practice, who turns away from diligence, who is pleased by having a few qualities, who remains clinging to a single root of merit, who is not skilled in accomplishing the conduct and prayer, who is not in the care of a kalyāṇamitra, and who does not consider the buddhas is unable to know the true nature of phenomena in this way, or to know this kind of way and this kind of range of activity, or to know this kind of place or enter it, or to believe in it or examine it or understand it or attain it.”


56.
Chapter 56

Samanta­bhadra and “The Prayer for Completely Good Conduct”

56.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, who had reverenced as many kalyāṇamitras as there are atoms in the world realms of a billion-world universe; who had the motivation to gather the accumulations for omniscience; who correctly held and practiced the instructions and teachings of all kalyāṇamitras; who in the presence of all kalyāṇamitras gave rise to the same aspiration as they did; who had the realization that pleased and was not displeasing to all kalyāṇamitras; who followed the ocean of the ways of the instructions and teachings of all kalyāṇamitras; who had the essence that arises from the ocean of the aspiration of great compassion; who had shone on all beings with the clouds of the ways of great love; who had a body that increased the power of great joy; who was active2180 in complete peace within the vast bodhisattva liberations; who had the vision focused on whatever emanates from all gateways;2181 who had perfected the practice of the ocean of the qualities of all tathāgatas;2182 who had followed the path of aspiration of all the tathāgatas;2183 who had increased the power of diligence in the accumulation of omniscience; who had a mind with the perfect development of the motivation and aspiration of all bodhisattvas; who had comprehended the succession of all the tathāgatas in the three times; [F.345.b] who had realized the ocean of the ways of the Dharmas of all buddhas; who had followed the ocean of the ways of the Dharma wheels of all the tathāgatas; who had the range of activity of manifesting the appearance of taking birth in all worlds; who had comprehended the ocean of the ways of the prayers of all bodhisattvas; who was established in bodhisattva conduct in all kalpas; who had attained the illumination of the scope of omniscience; who had increased all the powers of a bodhisattva; who had attained the illumination of the path to omniscience; who had attained the unobscured illumination of all directions; who had the realization that pervades the ways of the entire realm of phenomena; who had accomplished the illumination of the ways of all realms; who had engaged in the appropriate way with the activities of the vast extent of beings; who had demolished all the precipices and mountains of obscurations; who had followed the unobscured true nature of phenomena; who was active2184 in complete peace in the bodhisattva liberations that have the essence of all the surfaces and bases in the realm of phenomena; who was seeking the range of activity of all the tathāgatas; who had been blessed by all the tathāgatas; who was established in being active2185 in the range of activity of a bodhisattva; who had heard the name of the bodhisattva mahāsattva Samanta­bhadra; who had heard of his bodhisattva activity; who had heard of his special prayers; who had heard of his special entry and dwelling in the accomplishment of accumulation; who had heard of his special path of accomplishment and setting forth; [F.346.a] who had heard of his way of activity on the completely good level; who had heard of the accumulations of his level; who had heard of his power for attaining that level; who had heard of his ascending to that level; who had heard of his being established on that level; who had heard of his reaching that level through leaving the previous levels; who had heard of the range of activity of that level; who had heard of the blessings of that level; who had heard of his dwelling on that level; and who yearned and thirsted for the sight of the bodhisattva Samanta­bhadra; with a motivation as vast as space that had risen above all clinging; with a perfect meditation that perceived all2186 realms; with a mind that had transcended all attachments; with an unobscured range of activity in all phenomena; with an obstructed mind that pervaded the entire ocean of the directions; with an unobscured mind that ascended to the scope of perception of omniscience; with a pure mind that had the pure vipaśyanā that adorns a bodhimaṇḍa; with a perfectly distinct mind that comprehended the ocean of the Dharmas of all the buddhas; with a vast mind that pervaded all realms of beings in order to ripen and guide them; with an immense2187 mind that purified all buddha realms; with a measureless mind that manifested his appearance within the assemblies of the followers of all buddhas; and with an inexhaustible and endless mind that dwelled in all kalpas and had the conclusive strengths, fearlessnesses, and unique qualities of all the tathāgatas, Sudhana, in the bodhimaṇḍa, which had the supreme vajra as its essence, was seated upon a lotus seat that was a mass of all jewels, gazing at the lion throne that was the seat of the Tathāgata. [F.346.b]


c.

Colophon

c.­1

Translated and revised by the Indian upādhyāyas Jinamitra and Surendrabodhi and by the chief editor Lotsawa Bandé Yeshé Dé and others.2233

Tibetan Editor’s Colophon

Tashi Wangchuk
c.­2

A Multitude of Buddhas is the marvelous essence of the final, ultimate, definitive wheel from among the three wheels of the Sugata’s teaching. It has many other titles, such as The Mahāvaipulya Basket, The Earring, The Lotus Adornment, and so on.

c.­3

It has seven sections:2234 A Multitude of Tathāgatas,2235 The Vajra Banner Dedication,2236 The Teaching of the Ten Bhūmis,2237 The Teaching of Completely Good Conduct,2238 [F.362.b] The Teaching of the Birth and Appearance of the Tathāgatas,2239 The Transcendence of the World,2240 and Stem Array.2241 These are subdivided into forty-five chapters.

c.­4

According to Butön Rinpoché and others, it contains thirty-nine thousand and thirty verses, a hundred and thirty fascicles, and an additional thirty verses. Although the Tshalpa Kangyur catalog records one hundred fifteen fascicles, and the Denkarma one hundred twenty-seven fascicles,2242 present-day recensions have various numbers of fascicles.2243

c.­5

This sūtra was first received from Ārya Nāgārjuna by Paṇḍita Buddhabhadra and Paṇḍita Śikṣānanda (652–710), and they both translated it into Chinese. It is taught that Surendrabodhi and Vairocana­rakṣita acted as chief editors for a Chinese translation.2244

c.­6

As for the transmission lineage, there is the lineage from China, starting with the perfect Buddha, Ārya Mañjuśrī, Lord Nāgārjuna, the two paṇḍitas mentioned above, and Heshang Tushun. Then the lineage continued through others until Üpa Sangyé Bum received it from Heshang Gying-ju. That lineage was then passed on through Lotsawa Chokden and has continued up to the present time.

c.­7

The lineage from India is as follows. It was passed from Nāgārjuna to Āryadeva, and then Mañjuśrīkīrti, and so on, until Bari Lotsawa received it from Vajrāsana. It is taught that the lineage then continued through Chim Tsöndrü Sengé, the great Sakya Lord,2245 and so on.

c.­8

However, I have not seen any histories or texts that recount translation work done by lotsawas or paṇḍitas other than those listed in the colophon here.

c.­9

The king of Jangsa Tham2246 had a complete Kangyur made that was based on the Tshalpa Kangyur. At the present time this is known as the Lithang Tshalpa Kangyur (1609–14). I consider this to be a reliable source and so have made it the basis for this edition. However, since it contains many omissions, accretions, and misspellings, I have edited it by searching in further old versions that are correct.2247 There are variant Sanskrit manuscripts and disparate translations, and despite their consistent overall meaning it is has not been possible to edit the text definitively on the level of the words. It is nevertheless useful, at least, to have corrected it according to the majority of versions.

c.­10

Varying translations of terms have been left as they are, since there is no contradiction in meaning. Examples include rgyan instead of bkod pa;2248 ’byam klas instead of rab ’byams;2249 so so yang dag par rig pa instead of tha dad pa yang dag par shes pa;2250 thugs for dgongs pa;2251 [F.363.a] nyin mtshan dang zla ba yar kham mar kham dang instead of nyin mtshan dang yud du yan man dang;2252 and tha snyad instead of rnam par dpyod pa.2253

c.­11

Sanskrit words have many stems and roots, affixes, and derivations. In the case of some of the lotsawas and paṇḍitas in Tibet who had the eyes of the Dharma and produced meaning-translations, the tenses, cases, and so on are difficult to understand. As my principal reference I have therefore taken passages about which the largest number of manuscripts were in agreement. On other points where there was the slightest doubt I have ensured that they conform with the treatises on Tibetan linguistics. More coherence would have been possible had there been an extant version in the old Tibetan terminology alone, since in most of the manuscripts there seems to be neither a complete predominance of archaic terms, nor any obvious sign of what changes editors have made to the translation. In any case, changes made in later times‍—significant adulterations of the text by the mixing of old and new forms, and disruptive placements of the shad marks that differentiate clauses‍—seem to be numerous, but are actually slight and only minor faults, so I have left them as they are, for otherwise, the editing work would have been comparable to cutting through the megaliths of Mön.

c.­12

This, therefore, is the result of my work with all its pretensions to perseverance and complete correctness, and through it may the precious teaching of the Buddha and the glory of the merit of nonsectarian beings remain for the entire kalpa within the circle of the Cakravāla Mountains, as bright as the sun and moon.

c.­13

It was printed in the water tiger year called dge byed (1722),2254 in the presence of Tenpa Tsering (1678–1738), the divine Dharma king who rules in accordance with the Dharma, who has the vast, superior wealth of the ten good actions, and who is a bodhisattva as a ruler of humans and the source of happiness in the four regions of greater Tibet.


c.­14

Written by the attendant Gelong Tashi Wangchuk, who in the process of revision was commanded to become its supervisor.

c.­15

Ye dharma­hetu­prabhavā hetun teṣān tathāgato hy avadat. Teṣāñ ca yo nirodha evaṃ vādī mahā­śramanaḥ.

(All phenomena that arise from causes, the Tathāgata has taught their cause, and that which is their cessation; thus has the Great Śramaṇa proclaimed.)


n.

Notes

n.­1
See colophon, c.­3.
n.­2
Pekar Zangpo, mdo sde spy’i rnam bzhag (2006), 18.
n.­3
This depiction of Śākyamuni as a Vairocana emanation has its precedent in a sūtra that was never translated into Tibetan but exists in Chinese translation: the Brahma­jāla­sūtra. This sūtra introduces the Buddha Vairocana as the primordial buddha who is the source of ten billion Śākyamunis who exist simultaneously in ten billion different worlds. This sūtra should not be confused with the Brahma­jāla­sūtra that exists both in the Pali canon and in the Tibetan Kangyur (Toh 352).
n.­4
See Peter Alan Roberts, trans., The Ten Bhūmis, Toh 44-31.
n.­5
There is evidence for Mahāyāna sūtras originating in northern India. In his Genealogies of Mahāyāna Buddhism, Joseph Walser argues that the “core portion” of The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines (Toh 12, Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) was most probably written in the second half of the first century in Mathura, which is located in present-day Uttar Pradesh. He also offers the tentative conclusion that it was written by “a Sarvāstivādin monk residing at Buddhadeva’s Guhavihāra outside of Maṭ.” See Walser (2018), 242.
n.­6
Osto notes that Etienne Lamotte, Edward Conze, and Nalinaksha Dutt all regard the Mahāsāṃghika as the source of the Mahāyāna tradition. See Osto (2008), 157, n. 5. Paul Williams argues that at least some Mahāyāna sūtras emerged from the Mahāsāṃghika: “There can be no doubt that at least some early Mahāyāna sūtras originated in Mahāsāṃghika circles. In the lokottaravāda supramundane teachings we are getting very close to a teaching well-known in Mahāyāna that the Buddha’s death was also a mere appearance; in reality he remains out of his compassion, helping suffering humanity, and thence the suggestion that for those who are capable of it the highest religious goal should be not to become an Arhat but to take the Bodhisattva vows, embarking themselves on the long path to a supreme and totally superior Buddhahood.” See Williams (2009), 21. This view has been contested by a number of scholars, however, including Paul Harrison, who maintains in his “Searching for the Origins of the Mahāyāna: What Are We Looking For?” that it is impossible to draw a clear connection between the Mahāyāna and a single sect, maintaining instead that the Mahāyāna was a loose set of related movements that cut across Buddhist India. For a fine summary of scholarship concerning the origins of the Mahāyāna, see Osto (2008), 105–16.
n.­7
Toh 127. See translation in Peter Alan Roberts, trans., The King of Samādhis Sūtra, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.
n.­8
Osto (2008), 108–9.
n.­38
According to the Sanskrit. There is no division into chapters in the Tibetan, see Introduction i.­65. In Śikṣānanda’s eighty-fascicle Chinese translation (hereafter, “the Chinese”), this is presented as the thirty-ninth sūtra in twenty-one fascicles, from 60 to 80. Each fascicle bears the title 入法界品 (ru fa jie pin), number 39, and a serial number ranging from 1 to 21; for example, fascicle 60 is entitled 入法界品第三十九之一 (ru fa jie pin di san shi jiu zhi yi), the first segment of the thirty-ninth sūtra, Entry into the Realm of the Dharma.
n.­39
According to the Sanskrit and such Kangyurs as the Degé, which have shes pa dam pa’i ye shes. Lithang and Choné Kangyurs have shes rab dam pa’i ye shes. Yongle and Kangxi have ye shes rab dam pa’i ye shes.
n.­40
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan has brtan pa dam pa’i ye shes.
n.­41
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan blo gros chen po’i gzi brjid appears to translate from mahāmatitejas.
n.­42
This is followed in the Sanskrit by Samanta­prabha­tejas, which would have been translated into Tibetan as kun nas ’od gyi gzi brjid. The Chinese appears to have conflated these three similar names into one as 普吉祥威力 (pu ji xiang wei li).
n.­43
Construction from the Tibetan. Not present in the Sanskrit or the Chinese.
n.­44
According to the Sanskrit, the Chinese, and most Kangyurs, which have shin tu rnam par lta ba’i myig. Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné have rnam par dag pa’i in error for rnam par lta ba’i. In the Sanskrit this is followed by Avalokitanetra, which is absent in both the Chinese and the Tibetan, most likely the result of a scribal omission due to the similarity of the names.
n.­45
In the Sanskrit and the Chinese this is followed by “the bodhisattva Samanta­netra,” which is not present in the Tibetan.
n.­46
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.” The Chinese ends all names with “bodhisattva.”
n.­47
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­48
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­49
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. Not present in the Tibetan, probably as the result of an accidental omission in the process of copying, because of the names being similar.
n.­50
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­51
Occurs last in the list of -ketu names in Sanskrit.
n.­52
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­53
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan omits dhātu.
n.­54
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­55
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­56
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­57
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­58
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­59
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan ye shes ri bo’i blo appears to be translated from jñāna­parvata­buddhi. The Chinese reads 須彌光覺 (xu mi guang jue).
n.­60
In the Sanskrit the order of Vimala­buddhi and Asaṅga­buddhi are reversed.
n.­61
The Chinese translation uses the term 成就 (cheng jiu), which means “accomplished.” Sanskrit: abhiniryāta.
n.­62
The Sanskrit samantabhadra­bodhi­sattva­caryā­praṇidhāna could also be interpreted, as is similarly found in Osto, as “the prayer for the bodhisattva conduct of Samanta­bhadra,” though this would more regularly be written as bodhi­sattva­samantabhadra­caryā­praṇidhāna.
n.­63
According to the Sanskrit. The translation of the word vijñaptiṣu, which would have been translated as rnam par rig byed, appears to have been inadvertently omitted in the Tibetan, either from the Sanskrit manuscript it was translated from or at an early stage in the copying of the text. The Chinese translation has 至處無限 (zhi chu wu xian, “who had been to countless places”).
n.­64
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan appears to have inadvertently omitted “of the buddhas.”
n.­65
According to the Sanskrit guṇa. The word yon tan (the translation of guṇa) is absent in the Tibetan, and absent in the Chinese as well.
n.­66
According to the Sanskrit anigṛhīta. The Tibetan translates as the vague mi gnas pa, which could be interpreted as “not dwelling” or “unlocated.” Similarly, the Chinese describes their manifestations as 無所依止 (wu suo yi zhi, “nondwelling”) because they are in accordance with the aspirations of beings.
n.­67
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan inadvertently omits “wisdom.”
n.­271
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan includes a negative myed pa.
n.­272
From the Sanskrit praṭimaṇḍala. The Tibetan and the Chinese translate as “adornment.”
n.­273
According to the Sanskrit sāgara and the Chinese. Translated into Tibetan as gang chen mtsho (“the lake that is big”) instead of the usual rgya mtsho (“vast lake”) as in the Mahāvyutpatti, perhaps because the synonym samudra is translated as rgya mtsho in this sentence and the translator wished to create a synonym. This term is made more obscure in Narthang, Choné, and Lhasa, where it is incorrectly written gangs chen mtsho (“great snow lake”).
n.­274
The online Sanskrit (Vaidya) has kūṭāgara.
n.­275
According to the Tibetan thams cad mkhyen pa’i chos, presumably from a Sanskrit manuscript that had sarvajñadharma. The Chinese has 一切智智無上法城 (yi qie zhi zhi wu shang fa cheng), which can mean “the towns of omniscient supreme Dharma,” probably a confluence of two Sanskrit terms sarvajñāna and sarvajñadharma, or “the towns of supreme Buddhadharma” or “the supreme town of omniscient Dharma.” The present Sanskrit has just sarvadharma (“all Dharmas”).
n.­353
According to the Tibetan.
n.­354
From the BHS anumārjan. The Tibetan translates as rjes su sbyang ba (“trained in”).
n.­355
According to the Tibetan.
n.­378
The Sanskrit avagāhyamāna has the stronger meaning of “being immersed in.”
n.­379
From the Sanskrit āvarta. The Tibetan translation has le’u dang (“chapters and”) glong in all available editions of the Kangyur, apparently in error for klong (“expanse,” “whirlpool”) as in the Chinese translation 漩澓 (xuan fu, “whirlpools and undercurrents”).
n.­380
This could possibly be an incorrect Sanskritization of the Middle-Indic dīpa, which could mean both “continent” and “lamp.”
n.­381
According to the Tibetan gnas. The Sanskrit patha primarily means “road” but could also mean “region.”
n.­400
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan has “mind illuminated by the light of the three times” or “…by light in the three times,” which may have been translated from tryadhvāloka instead of tryadhvaloka. The meaning of the Chinese translation 念善知識普照三世 (nian shan zhi shi pu zhao san shi) is not clear; it may refer to the mind of the kalyāṇamitras or his own mind remembering the kalyāṇamitras.
n.­401
From the Sanskrit yogaprasṛta. The Tibetan translates yoga as thabs (“method”). The Chinese merges this with the preceding one: “great aspirations to save all beings.”
n.­402
According to the Sanskrit rati, the Chinese 欲性 (yu xing), and the Yongle, Narthang, and Lhasa dga’ ba. Degé and other Kangyurs have dge ba (“virtues”).
n.­403
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit and the Chinese have this first in the list of qualities.
n.­404
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit and the Chinese have this earlier in the list. The Chinese has merged this with an earlier item in the list: “his mind illuminated the worlds of the three times.”
n.­405
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit and the Chinese have this earlier in the list of Sudhana’s qualities.
n.­418
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. Not present in the Sanskrit.
n.­419
According to the Sanskrit saṃbhāvayan and the Chinese. The Tibetan translates as bsam pa (“contemplate”). The Chinese translates as 思惟 (si wei, “ponder,” “think,” “consider theoretically”).
n.­527
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. Omitted in the Tibetan.
n.­528
According to the Sanskrit ācāryāṇi and the Chinese. “Masters” or “teachers” is omitted in the Tibetan.
n.­704
According to the Sanskrit aśaya and the Chinese 意 (yi). Omitted in the Tibetan.
n.­705
The Tibetan appears to have translated this as an adjective (“very powerful”) for the vajra rather than the vajra’s owner. Nārāyaṇa here is ostensibly used as an alternative name for Indra. The Chinese omits “unbreakable” and “vajra” and translates the phrase as 寶莊嚴 (bao zhuang yan), a compound of the adjectives “precious” and “majestic” or of the nouns “jewel” and “ornament.”
n.­719
According to the Sanskrit tryadhva. The Tibetan and the Chinese omit “the three times.”
n.­720
According to the Sanskrit prasarita, the Chinese, and the Degé, Lhasa, and Narthang ’dal ba. Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné have the error ’dul ba.
n.­721
According to the Tibetan. The present Sanskrit has sattvaśraddha (“beings-faith”). The Tibetan has mnyam pa thams cad (“all equality”), apparently a scribal error, while Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, Narthang, Choné, and Stok Palace have mnyan pa thams cad (“all that is heard”), perhaps translating from a Sanskrit manuscript that had sarvaśrava or sarvaśruta. The Chinese has 凡所聞法皆能忍受, 清淨信解 (fan suo wen fa jie neng ren shou, qing jing xin jie, “He could retain all the Dharmas he had heard and understand with pure faith”), which appears to indicate a text that included both śraddha (retained in the Sanskrit manuscript) and śruta or śvara.
n.­722
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. The Sanskrit has “the light of definitive wisdom.”
n.­723
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. The Sanskrit has sarvatra, “all-pervading higher cognition.”
n.­724
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. The Sanskrit also has vidyut, “the lightning of the knowledge of the ten strengths.”
n.­725
According to the Sanskrit pariśodhana, the Chinese, and the Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné sbyangs. Degé has the error spyad. Stok Palace has sbyar.
n.­726
According to the Sanskrit mahā and the Chinese. The Tibetan omits “great.”
n.­727
From the Sanskrit “unceasing,” which could be taken as an adjective of “knowledge.” “Without limit or center” could be describing the network of world realms.
n.­728
From the Sanskrit saṃjñāgata and in accord with the Chinese (“perceptions of limitless beings”). The Tibetan translates as mying (archaic spelling for “name”).
n.­755
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. Vaidya has gocaraniryāta (“setting forth into the inconceivable range of the kalyāṇamitras”).
n.­756
From the Tibetan as rgya che (“vast”) in accord with the Chinese 廣大 (guang da). The Sanskrit udāra can mean “great,” “excellent,” etc.
n.­757
According to the Tibetan.
n.­758
According to the Sanskrit karma. The Tibetan appears to have translated from a manuscript that had dharma. The Chinese translation is based on kalpa, 一切劫無失壞際 (yi qie jie wu shi huai ji), literally “all kalpas are without destruction or dissolution,” which can mean “harmony in the apogee of kalpas.”
n.­759
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. Vaidya appears to have an omission so that the two sentences become one: “dwelling in the nonconceptuality that is the apogee of the tathāgatas.”
n.­760
According to the Chinese. The Sanskrit vākpatha means “the range of speech,” translated literally into Tibetan as tshig gi lam (“path of words”). The Chinese has 響 (xiang), “echo.” Cleary and Carré translate it as “echo.”
n.­774
According to the Sanskrit sarva. The Tibetan appears to have translated from a manuscript that had satva instead of sarva, resulting in “the profound subtle wisdom of beings.” The Chinese is the same as the Tibetan.
n.­775
Here and in the rest of the paragraph, “ground” is according to the Sanskrit tala and the Chinese. The Tibetan translates as dbyings (“realm”). The Chinese interprets as 眾生所作行 (zhong sheng suo zuo xing, “conduct of beings”).
n.­776
According to the Sanskrit satya, the Chinese, and the Narthang and Lhasa bden. Degé has dben (“isolation”). The Chinese appears to have combined this and the preceding phrase into one: 眾生如光影 (zhong sheng ru guang ying, “beings are like light and shadow”).
n.­777
From the BHS vyavahāra and in accord with the Chinese. The Tibetan translates as rnam par dpyod pa (“analysis”).
n.­799
From the Narthang and Stok Palace zlos. Degé has slos. The Sanskrit anumantrayan could mean “authorize.” Cleary has “apply.” The Chinese has “recalled and recited.”
n.­800
According to the Sanskrit anuprayacchan. The Tibetan translates as bsdud pa (“collected,” “compiled”). Not present in the Chinese.
n.­965
From the Sanskrit nicaya, which could also mean “accumulations.” The Tibetan translates as tshogs, which is also used to translate saṃbhāra, the regular term for the “accumulations.” The Chinese has 藏 (zang, “treasury,” “store”).
n.­966
From BHS samanvāhara. The Tibetan translates as ’dzin.
n.­967
From the BHS netrī, which, according to the Mahāvyutpatti, would be translated as lugs. Degé has chos (“Dharma”). Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné have tshogs.
n.­985
According to the Tibetan ri bo and the Chinese 市中 (shi zhong). The Sanskrit has the specific Sumeru.
n.­998
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan omits “of the bodhisattvas.”
n.­1001
From the BHS nandī. The Tibetan has sems mos pa (“aspiration”). The Chinese has fewer adjectives.
n.­1002
From the Tibetan sems kyi shugs. Not present in the Sanskrit or the Chinese.
n.­1053
From one of the meanings of the BHS abhinirhara. The Tibetan translates as bsgrubs pa (“accomplished”). This sentence is not present in the Chinese.
n.­1054
According to the Sanskrit dṛḍhīkurvāṇaḥ, the Chinese 堅固 (jiang gu), and the Narthang and Stok Palace brtan. Degé, etc. have bstan (“teach”).
n.­1055
From the Tibetan gnas rnam pa tha dad pa, while gnas could have other meanings, including “locations.” The Sanskrit has adhimātratā (“excessiveness”). Cleary has “measurelessness.” The Chinese has 差別相 (cha bie xiang), one of the common translations of adhimātratā. Here it can mean “different aspects.”
n.­1081
From the Tibetan brjod pa, presumably from the Sanskrit varṇitam. Not present in Vaidya.
n.­1082
From the Tibetan yongs su bsgom pa, which would have been translating paribhāvita. Not present in Vaidya or the Chinese, where the list is shorter.
n.­1083
According to the Sanskrit samīkurvan and most Kangyurs, which read mnyam par bya ba byed pa. Degé has the error mnyam par bya ba myed pa. Cleary translates as “living up to it.” Not present in the Chinese.
n.­1091
According to the Sanskrit svabhāva and the Chinese. The Tibetan has rang bzhin med (“absence of nature”), perhaps from a corruption in the Sanskrit. The Chinese has 證知諸法實性 (zheng zhi zhu fa shi xing, “realizing the true nature of all phenomena”), omitting the term wisdom.
n.­1097
According to the Sanskrit viṣamatā and the Chinese. The Tibetan has the obscure thag thug. The Chinese lists four sets of opposites: upward-downward (literally, “high-low”), safe-dangerous, clean-dirty, and crooked-straight.
n.­1098
According to the Chinese and the Sanskrit kṣema, though its opposite is missing in the Vaidya edition. The Tibetan has bde ba and mi bde ba (“pleasant and unpleasant”).
n.­1099
According to the Tibetan and the French translation of the Chinese. Vaidya has anugrahajñāna, “the knowledge for benefiting.”
n.­1100
According to the BHS meaning of anunaya, which has a negative sense. It was translated into Tibetan more positively as byams pa (“love” or “kindness”) according to its Classical Sanskrit meaning.
n.­1101
From the BHS unnāmāvanāma translated into Tibetan as mthon dman du gyur pa (“become high [or] low”).
n.­1102
From the Sanskrit mati. Translated into Tibetan as nan tan (“diligent practice”), perhaps from a text that read pratipatti.
n.­1130
From the Sanskrit sneha, which can also mean “attachment” or “oiliness.” The Tibetan translates it as rlan pa (“wetness”). The Chinese uses two water-related verbs 潤澤 (run ze, “to moisten,” “to enrich”) to indicate the aspiration to benefit all beings with great compassion as does water.
n.­1131
According to the BHS meaning of nimṇa, which can mean “aiming at” or “leading to.” Otherwise it has the meaning “downward,” and therefore this compound nimnonnata can mean “up and down” or “high and low.” The Tibetan appears to have tried to make sense of this by adding a negative thur med (“not downward”). It is possible to interpret the phrase to mean “the lower and higher part of the path to omniscience.” The Chinese translates as 心無高下 (xin wu gao xia, “mind is free from ‘high and low’ ”).
n.­1132
From the Sanskrit uddhṛta. The Tibetan translates as zhugs pa (“enter,” “follow,” “engage in”). The Chinese has 拔不善刺 (ba bu shan ci) and 滅一切障 (mie yi qie zhang), “pulled out thorns of harmful qualities” and “eliminated all obstacles.”
n.­1133
From the Sanskrit parākrama, which can also mean “advance,” and which the Tibetan translates as sngon du ’dor ba (“cast before”). The Chinese translates by the metaphor of 牆塹 (qiang qian), “walls and moats.”
n.­1134
From the BHS samarpita. The Tibetan translates as rab tu byung ba (“completely arisen”).
n.­1135
From the BHS vipula­prasrabdhi. Absent in the Tibetan. The Chinese translates by the metaphor of 園苑 (yuan yuan, “gardens and parks”).
n.­1136
According to the Sanskrit pura and the Chinese 城 (cheng). The Tibetan translates as pho brang (“palace”).
n.­1137
From the Sanskrit akṣunna. The Tibetan translates as thogs pa med pa (“unimpeded”) and as adverbial to “the act of entering.”
n.­1155
According to the Sanskrit kumara. The Tibetan has rogs pa (“helpers”). The Chinese simply has “countless people said to him…”
n.­1205
According to the Sanskrit upastambhayan and the Narthang rton. Other Kangyurs have ston (“demonstrate”). The Chinese translates as 得 (de, “attaining”).
n.­1206
According to the Sanskrit karma, the Chinese 業 (ye), and the Narthang las. Other Kangyurs have the error lam (“path”).
n.­1246
From the Sanskrit śrotrānugamam anusmaran. The Tibetan has rjes su ’brang (“follow”), connected to the names rather than the hearing. Not present in the Chinese.
n.­1247
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan and the Chinese omit “the Dharma.”
n.­1248
From the Sanskrit vinardita (literally, “roar”) and the Chinese. The Tibetan has “the power that arises from the supremacy.” The Chinese has “having seen the buddhas attaining complete buddhahood.”
n.­1268
According to the Sanskrit gāthā-labdha-citta and the Chinese. The Tibetan appears to have translated from a corrupt manuscript with jñāna-gāhālabdha, which is translated as ye shes kyi gting ma rnyed pa’i sems (“a mind that has not found the depth of the wisdom of Avalokiteśvara”). Omitted in the Chinese.
n.­1271
According to the Sanskrit vikrīḍita and Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné brtse. Degé and others have rtse.
n.­1325
According to the Tibetan rjes su ’brang and the Chinese 行 (xing), both presumably translating from anusaraṇa. The present Sanskrit has anusmaraṇa (“remembering”).
n.­1432
According to the Sanskrit, and the earlier and following version in Tibetan. Here, the Tibetan has yon tan (“qualities”) instead of shugs (“power”), which would be the correct translation for vega. The Chinese omits “power” here.
n.­1433
This list according to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit has a variant list, as does the Chinese.
n.­1434
According to the Tibetan rjes su sems pa, which appears to have translated anucintena. The present Sanskrit has anugatena (“following”). Based on the Chinese syntax, the search for Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī starts with the phrase 一心願得見善知識 (yi xin yuan de jian shan zhi shi, “wished with single-minded resolution to see the kalyāṇamitra”).
n.­1435
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan appears to have “the domain of the faculty of contemplating seeing a kalyāṇamitra.” In the Chinese, the phrases “without forgetting it even for one moment” and “with all faculties undistracted” belong to the description of how Sudhana was remembering and honoring the teaching received from Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā.
n.­1436
According to the Sanskrit samudācāreṇa. Not present in the Tibetan or the Chinese.
n.­1437
According to the Degé mthu, translating the Sanskrit vikrama. Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné do not have mthu (“power”). With the omission of a shad marker, the Tibetan appears to conjoin this with the following quality, although there is no genitive particle to do so. This and the preceding phrase are absent in the Chinese.
n.­1438
From the BHS ekotībhāvagata. The Tibetan translates as rgyud kyi tshul gcig tu gyur pa, which could be translated as “being of one mind with.” In the Chinese this appears to be part of the first phrase describing the search for Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī.
n.­1439
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan omits the word “all,” resulting in “the roots of merit of being of one mind with.” Not present in the Chinese.
n.­1498
According to the Sanskrit prasaran. The Tibetan has mchod pa (“making offerings to it”). In Chinese, the list is shorter and omits this.
n.­1530
The Tibetan rjes su sgom is apparently a translation for anubhava, which is not present in the Sanskrit or the Chinese.
n.­1531
The Tibetan rig pa does not here translate vidyā but gati, which is most commonly used for states of existence, good or bad, but also for movement (hence the translation ’gro) and for classes of beings, in addition to having many other meanings. Here it has the meaning as in gatiṃgata.
n.­1555
According to the Tibetan yid ches par bya ba. The Sanskrit has saṃbhāva (“produce,” “generate”). Not present in the Chinese.
n.­1628
Not present in the Tibetan. The Chinese appears to agree with the Sanskrit.
n.­1629
According to the Sanskrit suciraṃ and the Chinese 良久 (liang jiu). Not present in the Tibetan unless it is translated as rgyangs bcad pa.
n.­1630
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit compound could be translated as “commonality of the kalyāṇamitras.” The following long section on “commonality” is interpreted quite differently in Cleary and in Carré via the Chinese. The Tibetan phyir could be translated as either “because” or “in order to,” but the Sanskrit is clearly in the dative case and therefore has the latter meaning. However, Carré translates as puisqu’il (“because”). The Chinese has 於善知識生十種心 (yu shan zhi shi qi shi zhong xin), which can mean “he developed ten aspirations in the presence of the kalyāṇamitra,” i.e., the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā. Here 心 (xin, “mind”) can be understood as “aspiration.”
n.­1631
According to the Tibetan, presumably translating from samanta­bhadra­cārya. The Sanskrit and the Chinese have samanta­bhadra­yāna (“completely good vehicle”). The Chinese has 普賢菩薩所有行 (pu xian pu sa suo you xing, “all the conduct of the bodhisattva Samanta­bhadra”).
n.­1632
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit has suparipūrṇa (“well completed”). The Chinese has 增長 (zeng zhang, “increase and enhance”).
n.­1633
According to the Tibetan chos, translating dharma. The Chinese has 法 (fa, “dharma”). The Sanskrit has karma (“action,” “activity”).
n.­1634
According to the Sanskrit asaṃbheda, which means “separate,” “distinct.” The Tibetan translates as tha mi dad pa (“not different,” “undifferentiated”), which does not appear to be the intended meaning here. Translated in the Chinese as 差別 (cha bie).
n.­1635
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan appears to have suffered a corruption here, with “fearlessness,” which comes later in the list, being added here too, and the absence of a verb for “the ways of the Dharma.” The Tibetan has, “The commonality of Dharma practice for the ocean of all the ways of the Dharma; the commonality of fearlessness for the destruction of the mountain of all obscurations.” The Chinese has “the commonality of ‘vigor, prowess’ 同勇猛 (tong yong meng), which can destroy the mountain of all obstacles.”
n.­1636
According to the Sanskrit vacana. “Speech” is not present in the Tibetan. The Chinese has 愛語 (ai yu, “loving words”), which means kind speech that brings joy to all beings.
n.­1637
According to the Sanskrit anugama and the Chinese 往詣 (wang yi). The Tibetan translates as khong du chud pa (“comprehend”).
n.­1638
According to the Sanskrit locative plural case. The Tibetan translates as instrumental. The Chinese appears to have rearranged the order of key words and translates as 隨樂 (sui le, “the commonality of”), “following the wishes [of beings] in manifesting objects according to the perception of beings.”
n.­1639
According to the Sanskrit, though adhiṣṭhāna can mean “residence” or “abode,” which appears to be the intended meaning here rather than “empowerment” or “blessing.” The Tibetan has an omission of the middle of the clause, probably missing from the Sanskrit manuscript, resulting in simply “The commonality of the empowerment of all the tathāgatas.” The Chinese translates as 護念 (hu nian, “blessed,” “protected”).
n.­1640
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan has las in error for la sa.
n.­1641
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan has kyis in error for kyi sa.
n.­1642
According to the Tibetan mi mnyam. The Sanskrit has dyuitmāna (“shining,” “majestic”). The Chinese translates as “I have attained ‘the fruit of enlightenment.’ ”
n.­1643
According to the Sanskrit akṣaya and the Chinese 無盡 (wu jin). The Tibetan has the meaningless mi bas, presumably in error for mi zad.
n.­1644
According to the Sanskrit hitāya and the Chinese 饒益 (rao yi). The Tibetan has sman (“medicine”) in error for phan (“benefit”).
n.­1645
According to the Sanskrit mārga and the Chinese 道 (dao). Not present in the Tibetan.
n.­1646
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit has tvadantike and adya (“I have today, in your presence”). This verse is not present in the Chinese.
n.­1647
According to the Tibetan. The Chinese has 白淨法 (bai jing fa, “pure dharmas”).
n.­1648
In Sanskrit, the section from “no dissimilarities” is included in the following description of the various bodies the goddess manifests.
n.­1649
According to the Tibetan. Not present in the Sanskrit.
n.­1650
According to the Tibetan, presumably translating from two compounds: “pariśuddhi­varṇā vara­pravarottama.” In the present Sanskrit there is one compound: “pariśuddhi­vara­pravarottama.” This presumably inadvertently omits varṇā. The Chinese has 最勝廣大 (zui sheng guang da, “supreme and vast”).
n.­1651
From the Tibetan ’jigs, presumably translating bhaya. The Sanskrit has naya (“way”). The Chinese has 一切眾生見不虛色身 (yi qie zhong sheng jian bu xu se shen), the meaning of which is unclear.
n.­1652
According to dbyings in Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné. Degé and others have dbyangs (“voice”). Not present in the Sanskrit. The Chinese has 妙身雲普現世間皆蒙益色身 (miao shen yun pu xian shi jian jie meng yi se shen, “form bodies that appear everywhere as clouds of excellent bodies and benefit the world”).
n.­1653
According to the Tibetan sprin and the Chinese 雲 (yun), presumably translating megha. The Sanskrit has amogha (“meaningful,” “efficacious”).
n.­1654
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit has no negative and can mean “intent upon.” The Chinese has 無決定無究竟 (wu jue ding wu jiu jing, “not stable/unchanging, not ultimate”).
n.­1655
The Degé reprint has an incorrect page for folio 187.b. The page order has been emended in the Degé reader.
n.­1656
According to the Sanskrit dharmatā and the Chinese 法性 (fa xing). The Tibetan has just chos (“phenomena”) instead of chos nyid.
n.­1657
According to the Sanskrit plural accusative. The Tibetan has “through roots of merit” or in Yongle “of roots of merit.”
n.­1658
According to the Sanskrit, the Chinese, and the Narthang med pa, which is absent in the Degé but occurs when this topic is soon repeated. The BHS kalpa, vikalpa, and parikalpa were translated into Tibetan as rtog pa, rnam par rtog pa, and yongs su rtogs pa. However, the third of these is missing at this point in the text but occurs when this subject is repeated. The Chinese has 遠離一切分別境界 (yuan li yi qie fen bie jing jie, “free from all states of differentiation”).
n.­1659
According to the Sanskrit and the Narthang and Lhasa med, which is absent in Degé in this sentence but is preserved in the following sentence.
n.­1660
From the Sanskrit vimatratā. Translated into Tibetan as tha dad par bya ba. The Chinese conjoins these three as 諸劫分別 (zhu jie fen bie, “distinct various kalpas”).
n.­1661
According to the Tibetan nub. The Sanskrit has rātri (“night”), as does the Chinese 夜 (ye).
n.­1662
According to the Sanskrit, where they form a single compound. In the Chinese, “birth” and “death” are counted as the ninth and tenth qualities.
n.­1663
According to the Sanskrit. Saṃsāra is not present in the Tibetan or the Chinese.
n.­1664
According to the commentary, this refers to the eightfold path, with wisdom being the right view and conduct the other seven aspects of the path.
n.­1665
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. “Lotus” is not present in the Tibetan.
n.­1666
While the Sanskrit gata can mean “came,” it is also used to specify location. The Tibetan translated this literally as “came” to the bodhimaṇḍa, even though he is already there. The Chinese translates as “had been sitting at the bodhimaṇḍa for one hundred years.”
n.­1667
In the Sanskrit it is stated that he taught “for a thousand years.” The Chinese is “for one hundred years.”
n.­1668
The present Sanskrit (including Suzuki, p. 353) has bhirutra, which may be a corruption of paritra (“save”). The Tibetan translates as “those not frightened by fear.” Cleary has “save the frightened.” Not present in Carré. Absent in the Chinese.
n.­1669
According to the Sanskrit anāryajñānām. The Tibetan translates as tshul mi shes pa (“not knowing the [proper] way”). Absent in the Chinese.
n.­1670
There is at this point a page numbered simply a hundred in the Degé reprint, and the numbering recommences on the next folio. The page order has been emended in the Degé reader.
n.­1671
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan uses an obscure vocabulary here. The Chinese has “punishable by death.”
n.­1672
The Tibetan appears to have ces in error for the homophone skyes, perhaps in making a copy through dictation.
n.­1673
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit has “the royal treasuries.” The Chinese has 王法 (wang fa, “laws of the kingdom”).
n.­1674
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. Here the Tibetan has yo byed (upakaraṇa), thus having it twice in the list.
n.­1675
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit has “all beings.” This phrase is absent in the Chinese.
n.­1676
From the Sanskrit gupta and according to the Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, Narthang, and Choné pa. Degé has par. The Chinese separates the descriptions of the senses and the mind: 寂定 (ji ding, “all senses are pacified”). This literally means “peaceful and still,” so the translation would read “like a tamed elephant, the mind…”
n.­1677
In accordance with the Sanskrit and the Tibetan translation earlier in the chapter. This time the bodhisattva liberation includes the additional phrase “in accordance with their dispositions.” The Chinese has 教化眾生令生善根 (jiao hua zhong sheng ling sheng shan ge, “guide beings and let roots of merit develop in them”).
n.­1678
The Sanskrit translates as “great compassion.”
n.­1679
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. The Sanskrit has “the path.”
n.­1680
According to the Sanskrit duṣkarāṇi and the Narthang and Lhasa dka’. Degé and others have dga’ (“delight”). The Chinese has “practiced ascetic practices” and presents the next sentence simply as “and attained this liberation.”
n.­1681
According to the Tibetan mthu. The Sanskrit (including Suzuki, p. 358) repeats prabhā, presumably in error for prabhāva.
n.­1682
Literally, “ten hundred thousands.” The Chinese has 阿僧祇 (a seng qi, “one million asaṃkya”).
n.­1683
The Sanskrit has “great treasures.” The Chinese has 法藏 (fa zang, “Dharma treasures”).
n.­1684
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit could also mean “good caste” and “bad caste.” The Chinese translates as 好色 (hao se, “good color”) and 惡色 (e se, “bad color”), which can also refer to physical appearance or caste.
n.­1685
The Sanskrit is mahākalpa (“great kalpa”). The Chinese has “kalpa.”
n.­1686
According to the Lithang and Choné grogs po. Degé has grags pa (“famous”). The Sanskrit has prapīta (“swollen”!). Cleary has “resolute.” Carré has “you in whom faith delights the heart.”
n.­1687
The Sanskrit dharmeṇa yastānanuśāsti sattvān could also be translated as “he punished those beings with the law.” The Chinese translation 恆以正法御群生 (heng yi zheng fa yu qun sheng) could be interpreted either as “always tamed those beings with the Dharma” or “always governed those beings with the law.”
n.­1688
According to the Sanskrit vāk and the Chinese 言辭 (yan ci). Degé and so on, including Stok Palace, have dag in error for ngag.
n.­1745
The Sanskrit follows uttāpayan (“purifying”) with parijayan (“cultivating”). Not present in the Chinese.
n.­1847
This is followed in Sanskrit by anuprāptum (“follow”). The Chinese has “getting close to them, serving them, and making offerings to them.”
n.­1848
This is followed in the Sanskrit by cāptuṃ (“be acquainted with”).
n.­1849
The Sanskrit has “illusory forms and bodies” or “illusory form bodies.” The Chinese appears to translate this as two: 以如幻願而持佛身 (yi ru huan yuan er chi fo shen, “bodies from illusory prayers and blessings by the buddhas”) and 隨意生身 (sui yi sheng shen, “bodies born according to intention”).
n.­1850
This is followed in Sanskrit by buddhādhiṣṭhāna­manomaya­śarīrāṇām (“bodies consisting of mind that have been blessed by the buddhas”).
n.­1851
According to the Tibetan mi zad pa and the Chinese 不變壞 (bu bian huai), presumably translating akṣaya. Not present in the Sanskrit.
n.­1974
According to the Tibetan yul, presumably translating from a manuscript that had viṣaya. The present Sanskrit has viṣama (“injurious,” “bad”). The Chinese concurs with the Tibetan.
n.­1975
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan and the Chinese do not have “benefiting.”
n.­1976
According to the Sanskrit praiśodhayan. The Tibetan has rgyas (“increased”). The Chinese has “generated.”
n.­1977
The Tibetan interprets the compound as meaning “the lower realms of the five classes of beings.” The Chinese does not have “lower realms.”
n.­2180
From the Sanskrit vihārī and the Yongle, Kangxi, Narthang, Lhasa, and Stok Palace spyod. Degé has dpyod (“analyze”). Translated as 安住 (an zhu), “abide.”
n.­2181
According to Tibetan, Chinese, and Suzuki’s Sanskrit. The online Vaidya edition (in both Devanāgarī and Roman) has sukha (“bliss”) instead of mukha (“gateway”).
n.­2182
According to the Tibetan. This clause is not present in the Sanskrit. The Chinese is similar to the Tibetan: “the vast qualities of all buddhas.”
n.­2183
According to the Tibetan. This clause is not present in the Sanskrit. The Chinese has 入一切佛決定知見 (ru yi qie fo jue ding zhi jian, “enter or realize the definitive views of all buddhas”).
n.­2184
From the Sanskrit vihārī and the Yongle, Kangxi, and Stok Palace spyod. Degé, Stok Palace, etc. have dpyod (“analyze”). The Chinese has 住於法界平等之地 (zhu yu fa jie ping deng zhi di, “dwell on the state of non-differentiation within the realm of phenomena”).
n.­2185
From the Sanskrit vihārī. The Tibetan has dpyod (“analyze”). In the Chinese this and the preceding clauses appear to have been conjoined as 觀察普賢解脫境界 (guan cha pu xian jie tuo jing jie, “observe the scope of liberation of Samanta­bhadra”).
n.­2186
According to the Sanskrit sarva and the Chinese 一切 (yi qie). The Tibetan omits “all.”
n.­2187
According to the Sanskrit mahadgatena and the Yongle, Kangxi, Narthang, Lhasa, and Stok Palace che. Degé has the homophone phye, evidently an error from transcription through dictation. The Chinese has 無量 (wu liang, “immeasurable”).
n.­2233
While the concluding statement above is specific to The Stem Array only and has counterparts in many other Kangyurs, the rest of the colophon here is intended to apply to the entirety of A Multitude of Buddhas. The mention of these translators is only found in the colophons of the Degé, Urga, and Ragya Kangyurs. Many Kangyurs including the Lithang, Qianlong, and Zhey do not mention translators. The Narthang, Lhasa, Stok Palace, Toyo Bunko, Ulaan Baatar, and some of the peripheral Kangyurs have “Lotsawa Vairocana­rakṣita was the chief editor and established the text.” Ngorchen Könchok Lhundrup ascribes the translation of the sūtra to Vairocana­rakṣita. The extensive note by the Degé scholar Tashi Wangchuk that follows is (unsurprisingly) unique to the Degé Kangyur.
n.­2234
This accords with the classification by Ngorchen Könchok Lhundrup in his sixteenth-century History of Buddhism.
n.­2235
Chapters 1 to 27. According to Pekar Zangpo in his sixteenth-century Presentation of the Sūtras, this first section is divided into two sections: The Tathāgata Earring Sūtra (as a translation of Tathāgatāvataṃsaka-sūtra), which comprises chapters 1 to 11, and The Bodhisattva­piṭaka Sūtra (consisting of chapters 12 to 27), so that in his classification the Avataṃsaka Sūtra has eight sections.
n.­2236
Chapters 28 to 30 according to Pekar Zangpo.
n.­2237
Chapter 31 according to Pekar Zangpo.
n.­2238
Chapters 32 to 42 according to Pekar Zangpo.
n.­2239
Chapter 43 according to Pekar Zangpo.
n.­2240
Chapter 44 according to Pekar Zangpo.
n.­2241
Chapter 45 according to Pekar Zangpo. Chapter 45 is the sūtra translated here.
n.­2242
According to the version of the Denkarma in the Degé Tengyur (F.295b.1), it has the same number of fascicles and verses as quoted by Butön Rinpoché.
n.­2243
The Degé recension has 112. The Degé dkar chag (F.120a) notes at some length the various discrepancies in the lengths in ślokas and fascicles (bam po) recorded in different inventories and catalogs, which it attributes at least in part to the varying numbers of ślokas used in different definitions of a fascicle.
n.­2244
rgya nag gi ’gyur la/ su ren+t+ra bo d+hi dang / bai ro tsa na rak+Shi tas zhus chen mdzad par bshad cing. Our rendering in English of this sentence follows the most likely interpretation syntactically. The facts of such a statement seem unlikely (see also van der Kuijp 2023, p. 398 n24). However, although we have wondered what other possible interpretations there might be, Tashi Wangchuk appears to be quoting the statement directly from earlier sources. Among these, one that we have identified is the transmission record of Minling Terchen Gyurme Dorje, part 2 (vol. kha), F.203a.6–b.1; immediately after making this statement, Minling Terchen lists the lineage figures of the transmission from India.
n.­2245
This refers to the Sakyapa hierarch Jetsün Drakpa Gyaltsen (rje btsun grags pa rgyal mtshan, 1147–1216).
n.­2246
Yunnan. The king was Mutseng (or Muzeng, Muktsang) Karma Mipham Sönam Rapten (mu tseng/zeng karma mi pham bsod nams rab brtan) (1587–1646, r. 1598–1646). He was the tusi or ruler in the “native chieftain system” of the Yuan, Ming, and Qing dynasties.
n.­2247
slar yig rnying dag pa mang du btsal nas zhu dag bgyis pa yin la. Our translation is tentative, and in particular (as noted by van der Kuijp 2023, p. 399 n27) it is not clear whether yig refers to words, phrases, or texts.
n.­2248
bkod pa is the usual translation of vyūha (“array,” “display,” etc.) as in the Mahāvyutpatti. This translation at times uses rgyan, which is usually a translation for alaṃkara, and so on, with the meaning of “adornment.”
n.­2249
The usual translation for prasara (“vast extent,” etc.), as in the Mahāvyutpatti, is rab ’byams, while ’byam klas does not appear in that dictionary.
n.­2250
These are both translations of pratisaṃvit (“discern,” “distinguish,” etc.).
n.­2251
thugs normally translates citta (“mind”), while dgongs pa translates abhiprāya (“intention,” “outlook,” “regard,” etc.).
n.­2252
This phrase, meaning “for a day and night,” or “for a waxing phase and a waning phase of a month,” occurs on folio 26.b within The Inconceivable Qualities of the Buddha (sang rgyas chos bsam mi khyab), which is the 39th chapter of the Avataṃsaka Sūtra.
n.­2253
tha snyad usually translates vyavahāra, which in BHS means “a term or designation,” while rnam par dpyod pa usually translates vicāraṇa, etc. (“contemplation,” “analysis,” and so on).
n.­2254
This is some years before the eighth Tai Situpa Chökyi Jungné (1700–1774) began his work on editing the Kangyur in 1729.

b.

Bibliography

Kangyur Texts

sdong po bkod pa (Gaṇḍa­vyūha). Toh 44, ch. 45, Degé Kangyur vol. 37 (phal chen, ga), folios 274.b–396.a; vol. 38 (phal chen, a), folios 1.b–363.a.

sdong po bkod pa. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–9, vol. 37, pp. 590–853; vol. 38, pp. 3–800.

sdong po bkod pa. Stok Palace Kangyur vol. 39 (phal chen, ca), folios 22.b–352.a; vol. 40 (phal chen, cha), folios 1.a–310.a.

sangs rgyas phal po che zhe bya ba shin tu rgyas pa chen po’i mdo (Buddhāvataṃsaka­nāma­mahā­vaipulya­sūtra) [The Mahāvaipulya Sūtra “A Multitude of Buddhas”]. Toh 44, Degé Kangyur vols. 35–38 (phal chen, ka–a). Stok Palace Kangyur vols. 35–40 (phal chen, ka–cha).

dga’ bo la mngal na gnas pa bstan pa (Nanda­garbhāvakranti­nirdeśa) [The Sūtra on Being in the Womb That Was Taught to Nanda]. Toh 57, Degé Kangyur vol. 41 (dkon brtsegs, ga), folios 205.b–236.b. English translation The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb 2025.

rgya cher rol pa (Lalitavistara). Toh 95, Degé Kangyur vol. 46 (mdo sde, kha), folios 1.b–216.b. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2013).

snying rje chen po’i pad ma dkar po (Mahā­karuṇā­puṇḍarīka) [White Lotus of Compassion Sūtra]. Toh 111, Degé Kangyur vol. 50 (mde sde, cha), folios 56.a–128.b.

ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po’i mdo (Samādhi­rāja­sūtra). Toh 127, Degé Kangyur vol. 55 (mdo sde, da), folios 1.b–170.b. English translation in Roberts (2018a).

dam pa’i chos pad ma dkar po (Saddharma­puṇḍarīka) [Lotus Sūtra/Lotus of the Good Dharma]. Toh 113, Degé Kangyur vol. 51 (mdo sde, ja), folios 1.b–180.b. English translation in Roberts (2018b).

bde ba can gyi bkod pa (Sukhāvatīvyūha). Toh 115, Degé Kangyur vol. 51 (mdo sde, ja), folios 195.b–200.b. English translation in Sakya Pandita Translation Group (2011).

rnam par snang mdzad chen po mngon par rdzogs par byang chub pa rnam par sprul pa byin gyis rlob pa shin tu rgyas pa mdo sde’i dbang po’i rgyal po (Mahā­vairocanābhisambodhi­vikurvatī­adhiṣṭhāna­vaipulya­sūtra­indra­rājā­nāma­dharma­paryāya). Toh 494, Degé Kangyur vol. 86 (rgyud, tha), folios 151.b–260.a.

phung po gsum pa’i mdo (Tri­skandhaka­sūtra) [The Confession of the Three Heaps]. A reference to a passage (1.­43 et seq.) in the Vinaya-viniścayopāli-paripṛcchā, Toh 68, Degé Kangyur vol. 43 (dkon brtsegs, ca) folios 120.a–121.a. English translation in UCSB Buddhist Studies Translation Group (2021).

byang chub sems dpa’i spyod yul gyi thabs kyi yul la rnam par ’phrul pa bstan pa (Bodhi­sattva­gocaraupāya­viṣaya­vikurvāṇa­nirdeśa/Satyaka Sūtra) [The Teaching of the Miraculous Manifestation of the Range of Methods in the Field of Activity of the Bodhisattvas]. Toh 146, Degé Kangyur vol. 57 (mdo sde, pa), folios 82.a–141.b. English translation in Jamspal (2010).

tshangs pa’i dra ba’i mdo (Brahma­jāla­sūtra). Toh 352, Degé Kangyur vol. 76 (mdo sde, aH), folios 70.b–86.a.

tshe dang ldan pa dga’ bo la mngal du ’jug pa bstan pa (Āyuṣmannanda­garbhāvakranti­nirdeśa) [The Sūtra on Entering the Womb That Was Taught to Āyuṣmat Nanda]. Toh 58, Degé Kangyur vol. 41 (dkon brtsegs, ga), folios 237.a–248.a. English translation in Kritzer 2021.

bzang po smon lam (Bhadra­caryā­praṇidhāna). Toh 1095, Degé Kangyur vol. 101 (gzungs, waM), folios 262.b–266.a. English translation The Prayer of Good Conduct 2025.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines]. Toh 9, Degé Kangyur vols. 26–28 (nyi khri, ka–ga). English Translation in Padmakara Translation Group (2023).

sa bcu’i le’u (Daśabhūmika) [Ten Bhūmi Sūtra]. Toh 44, ch. 31, Degé Kangyur vol. 36 (phal chen, ga), folios 46.a–283.a. English translation in Roberts (2021).

sems kyi rgyal pos dris nas grangs la ’jug pa bstan pa. Toh 44, ch. 36, Degé Kangyur vol. 36 (phal chen, kha), folios 348.b–393.b. Comparative Edition (dpe bsdur ma) Kangyur vol. 36 (phal chen, kha), pp. 807–25.

Sanskrit Editions of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha

Vaidya, P. L., ed. Gaṇḍa­vyūhasūtra. Darbhanga: Mithila Institute, 1960.

Gaṇḍa­vyūhasūtra. GRETIL edition input by members of the Digital Sanskrit Buddhist Canon Input Project, based on the edition by P. L. Vaidya. Gaṇḍa­vyūhasūtra. Darbhanga: The Mithila Institute, 1960. Last updated July 31, 2020.

Suzuki, D. T., and Hokei Idzumi, eds. The Gaṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra. rev. ed. Tokyo: Society for the Publication of Sacred Books of the World, 1949.

Chinese Editions of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha and Commentaries

Da fangguang fohuayan jing 大方廣佛華嚴經 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra), translated by Buddhabhadra. Taishō 278.

Da fangguang fohuayan jing 大方廣佛華嚴經 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra), translated by Śikṣānanda. Taishō 279.

Da fangguang fohuayan jing 大方廣佛華嚴經 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra), translated by Prajñā. Taishō 293.

Da fangguang fohuayan jing ru fajie pin 大方廣佛華嚴經入法界品 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra, Gaṇḍavyūha Chapter), translated by Divākara. Taishō 295.

Da fangguang fohuayan jing busiyi fo jingjie fen 大方廣佛華嚴經不思議佛境界分 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra, Chapter on The Teaching on the Inconceivability of the Buddhadharma), translated by Devaprajñā. Taishō 300.

Da fangguang fohuayan jing busiyi fo jingjie fen 大方廣佛華嚴經入法界品四十二字觀門 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra, Contemplation on the 42 Syllables of the Gaṇḍavyūha), translated by Amoghavajra. Taishō 1019.

Cheng Guan 澄觀. Da fangguang fohuayan jingshu 大方廣佛華嚴經疏 (Commentary on the Avataṃsaka Sūtra). Taishō 1735.

Translations of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha

Carré, Patrick. Soûtra de l’Entrée dans la dimension absolue. 2 vols.: I. Introduction et Traité de Li Tongxuan XXII–XL; II. Soûtra et glossaire. Plazac, France: Éditions Padmakara, 2019.

Cleary, Thomas. “Entry into the Realm of Reality” (chapter 39), in The Flower Ornament Scripture: A Translation of the Avatamsaka Sutra, pp. 1135–1532. Boston: Shambhala Publications, 1993.

Osto, Douglas (2010). “A New Translation of the Sanskrit Bhadracarī with Introduction and Notes.” New Zealand Journal of Asian Studies 12, no. 2 (2010): 1–21.

Osto, Douglas (2020). “The Supreme Array Scripture.” D. E. Osto. Accessed July 6, 2021.

Related Works in Tibetan

Madhya­vyutpatti (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa). Toh 4347, Degé Tengyur, vol. 204 (sna tshogs, co) folios 131.b–160.a.

Mahāvyutpatti (bye brag tu rtogs par byed pa chen po). Toh 4346, Degé Tengyur vol. 204 (sna tshogs, co), folios 1.b–131.a.

Minling Terchen Gyurme Dorje (smin gling gter chen ’gyur med rdo rje). zab pa dang rgya che ba’i dam pa'i chos kyi thob yig rin chen ’byung gnas dum bu gnyis pa [“The Jewel Mine: A Record of Transmissions Received of the Profound and Vast Sublime Dharma, Part 2”]. In gsung ’bum / ’gyur med rdo rje, vol. 2 (kha), folios 1a–320a. Computer input edition. Dehra Dun: D. G. Khochhen Tulku, 1998. BDRC W22096.

Ngorchen Könchok Lhündrup (ngor chen dkon mchog lhun grub) and Ngorchen Sangyé Phuntsok (ngor chen sangs rgyas phun tshogs). Ngor chos ’byung: A History of Buddhism, being the text of dam pa’i chos kyi byung tshul legs par bshad pa bstan pa rgya mtshor ’jug pa’i gru chen zhes bya ba rtsom ’phro kha skon bcas. New Delhi: Ngawang Topgay, 1973.

Pekar Zangpo (pad dkar bzang po). mdo sde spyi’i rnam bzhag: bstan pa spyi’i rgyas byed las mdo sde spyi’i rnam bzhag bka’ bsdu ba bzhi pa zhes bye ba’i bstan bcos. Beijing: mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Minorities Publishing House), 2006.

Phangthangma (dkar chag ’phang thang ma). Beijing: mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 2003.

Situ Chökyi Jungné (si tu chos kyi ’byung gnas). “sde dge bka’ ’gyur gyi dkar chags.” In ta’i si tu pa kun mkhyen chos kyi ’byung gnas bstan pa’i nyin byed kyi bka’ ’bum, vol. 9, folios 1.b–224.b. Kangra, Himachal Pradesh: Palpung Sungrab Nyamso Khang, 1990.

Related Works in Other Languages

Burnouf, Eugene. Le lotus de la bonne loi. Paris: L’Imprimerie Nationale, 1852.

Carré, Patrick. Notes sur la traduction française de l’Avataṃsakasūtra. Forthcoming.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. The Play in Full (Lalitavistara, Toh 95). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2013.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary. 2 vols. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1970.

Fontein, Jan (2012). Entering the Dharmadhātu: A Study of the “Gandavyūha” Reliefs of Borobudur. Leiden: Brill, 2012.

Fontein, Jan (1967). The Pilgrimage of Sudhana: A Study of Gaṇḍa­vyūha Illustrations in China, Japan and Java. The Hague: Mouton, 1967.

Gifford, Julie A. Buddhist Practice and Visual Culture: The Visual Rhetoric of Borobodur. Abingdon: Routledge, 2011.

Gómez, Luis Óscar. “Selected Verses from the Gaṇḍa­vyūha: Text, Critical Apparatus, and Translation.” PhD diss., Yale University, 1967.

Gómez, Luis Óscar, and Hiram Woodward Jr., eds. Barabuḍur: History and Significance of a Buddhist Monument. Berkeley: Asian Humanities Press, 1981.

Hamar, Imre. “The History of the Buddhāvataṃsaka-sūtra: Shorter and Larger Texts.” In Reflecting Mirrors: Perspectives on Huayan Buddhism, edited by Imre Hamar, 139–68. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007.

Harrison, Paul. “Searching for the Origins of the Mahāyāna: What Are We Looking For?” The Eastern Buddhist 28, no. 1 (1995): 48–69.

Kern, H. Saddharma-Puṇḍarīka or the Lotus of the Good Law. Sacred Books of the East 21. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1884.

Kim, Hyung-Hi. La carrière du Bodhisattva dans l’Avataṃsaka-sūtra: Materiaux pour l’étude de l’Avataṃsaka-sūtra et ses commentaires chinois. Bern: Peter Lang, 2013.

Kritzer, Robert, trans. The Sūtra on Entry into the Womb (Garbhāvakrānti­sūtra, Toh 58). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Jamspal, Lozang. The Range of the Bodhisattva, A Mahāyāna Sūtra: Ārya-bodhisattva-gocara, Introduction and Translation. New York: The American Institute of Buddhist Studies, Columbia University Center for Buddhist Studies, Tibet House US, 2010.

Kritzer, Robert. trans. The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb (Ārya­nanda­garbhāvakrānti­nirdeśa, Toh 57). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025.

Lewis, Todd T. “Contributions to the Study of Popular Buddhism: The Newar Buddhist Festival of Guṃlā Dharma.” Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 16, no. 2 (Winter 1993): 309–54.

McMahan, David. “Transpositions of Metaphor and Imagery in the Gaṇḍa­vyūha and Tantric Buddhist Practice.” Pacific World Journal Third Series, no. 6 (Fall 2004): 181–94.

Monier-Williams, Monier. A Sanskrit–English Dictionary. Reprint of 1899 edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1976.

Osto, Douglas (2008). Power, Wealth and Women in Indian Mahāyāna Buddhism: The Gaṇḍa­vyūha-sūtra. Oxfordshire: Routledge Critical Studies in Buddhism, 2008.

Osto, Douglas (2009a). “ ‘Proto-Tantric’ Elements in the Gaṇḍa­vyūha-sūtra.” Journal of Religious History 33, no. 2 (June 2009): 165–77.

Osto, Douglas (2009b). “The Supreme Array Scripture: A New Interpretation of the Title ‘Gaṇḍa­vyūha-sūtra.’ ” Journal of Indian Philosophy 37 (2009): 273–90.

Ōtake, Susumu. “On the Origin and Early Development of the Buddhāvataṃsaka-Sūtra.” In Reflecting Mirrors: Perspectives on Huayan Buddhism, edited by Imre Hamar, 87–107. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007.

Padmakara Translation Group, trans. The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 9). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2023.

Revianur, A. “Forms and types of Borobudur’s stupas.” In Cultural Dynamics in a Globalized World, edited by Melani Budianta et al., 577–84. New York: Routledge, 2018.

Roberts, Peter Alan, trans. (2018a). The King of Samādhis Sūtra (Samādhi­rāja­sūtra, Toh 127). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Roberts, Peter Alan, trans. (2018b). The White Lotus of the Good Dharma (Saddharma­puṇḍarīka, Toh 113). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Roberts, Peter Alan, trans. (2021).The Ten Bhūmis (Daśabhūmika, Toh 44-31). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Roberts, Peter Alan, trans. (2025) The Prayer of Good Conduct (Bhadra­caryāpraṇidhāna, Toh 1095). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025.

Sakya Pandita Translation Group, trans. The Display of the Pure Land of Sukhāvatī (Sukhāvatīvyūha, Toh 115). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2011.

Shastri, Bahadur Chand. “The Identification of the First Sixteen Reliefs on the Second Main-Wall of Barabudur.” Bijarden tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië (Journal of the Humanities and Social Sciences of Southeast Asia) 89, no. 1 (January 1932): 173–81.

Steinkellner, E. Sudhana’s Miraculous Journey in the Temple of Ta Pho: The Inscriptional Text of the Tibetan Gaṇḍa­vyūhasūtra Edited with Introductory Remarks. Rome: Instituto italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1995.

Tsugunari Kubo and Akira Yuyama, trans. The Lotus Sutra (Taishō Volume 9, Number 262). Berkeley: Numata Center for Buddhist Translation and Research, 2007.

UCSB Buddhist Studies Translation Group, trans. Determining the Vinaya: Upāli’s Questions (Vinaya­viniścayopāli­paripṛcchā, Toh 68). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Un, Ko. Little Pilgrim. Berkeley: Parallax Press, 2005.

Van Norden, Bryan, and Nicholaos Jones. “Huayan Buddhism.” The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Winter 2019 Edition).

van der Kuijp, Leonard W.J. “Some Observations on the Buddhāvataṃsakasūtra in Tibet.” In Holly Gayley and Andrew Quintman (eds.), Living Treasure: Buddhist and Tibetan Studies in Honor of Janet Gyatso (Studies in Indian and Tibetan Buddhism). Somerville: Wisdom Publications, 2023.

Walser, Joseph. Genealogies of Mahāyāna Buddhism: Emptiness, Power and the Question of Origin. New York: Routledge, 2018.

Williams, Paul. Mahāyāna Buddhism: The Doctrinal Foundations. New York: Routledge, 2009.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

Ābharaṇacchatra­nirghoṣa­rāja

Wylie:
  • rgyan dang gdugs kyi dbyangs kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱན་དང་གདུགས་ཀྱི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābharaṇacchatra­nirghoṣa­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­266
g.­2

Abhāskara

Wylie:
  • nyi ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhāskara

The ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­136
g.­3

Ābhāsvara

Wylie:
  • kun snang dang ba
  • gya nom snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་སྣང་དང་བ།
  • གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābhāsvara

The highest of the three paradises that correspond to the second dhyāna in the form realm. In other contexts, the Tibetan ’od gsal ba usually refers to Ābhāsvara, and the Tibetan gya nom snang ba would refer to Sudṛśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­19
  • 40.­89
  • 43.­115
g.­5

Abhijñāketu

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijñāketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­15

Acalā

Wylie:
  • mi g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • acalā

A young upāsikā, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 22.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • i.­86-87
  • 21.­60
  • 22.­4-7
  • 22.­16-21
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­26
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­48-51
  • 22.­54
  • 23.­1
  • n.­1065
g.­18

Acalendrarāja

Wylie:
  • mi g.yo ba’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཡོ་བའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • acalendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­38

Ajitasena

Wylie:
  • myi pham sde
Tibetan:
  • མྱི་ཕམ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • ajitasena

A householder, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 51.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­115-116
  • 50.­4
  • 51.­1-2
  • 51.­4
g.­48

Amitābha

Wylie:
  • ’od snang mtha’ yas pa
  • mi dpogs ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྣང་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
  • མི་དཔོགས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • amitābha

The buddha of the western realm of Sukhāvatī, he is also known as Amitāyus. The Tibetan translation of Amitābha in this sūtra differs from the usual translations, either ’od dpag med or snang ba mtha’ yas. It is also the name in chapter 44 of a future buddha in this kalpa. In that instance the Tibetan is mi dpogs ’od.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­10
  • i.­13
  • 8.­29
  • 44.­63
  • 56.­120
  • 56.­128
  • 56.­130
  • 56.­133
  • n.­1903
  • g.­162
  • g.­1248
g.­50

amrita

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛta

The divine nectar that prevents death, often used metaphorically for the Dharma.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­52
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­27
  • 54.­90
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­279
  • n.­2115
  • g.­148
g.­52

Anabhibhūta­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • zil gyis non pa myed pa’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ཟིལ་གྱིས་ནོན་པ་མྱེད་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • anabhibhūta­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­59

Ananta­bala­vighuṣṭa­nirnādita­śrī­saṃbhava­mati

Wylie:
  • stobs mtha’ yas grags par brjod pa’i dpal yang dag par ’byung ba’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་མཐའ་ཡས་གྲགས་པར་བརྗོད་པའི་དཔལ་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • ananta­bala­vighuṣṭa­nirnādita­śrī­saṃbhava­mati

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­76
g.­63

Ananyagāmin

Wylie:
  • gzhan du mi ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་དུ་མི་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ananyagāmin

A bodhisattva and the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 31.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95-96
  • 30.­39-40
  • 30.­43-44
  • 31.­1-2
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­6
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­16
  • 32.­1
g.­64

Anāthapiṇḍada

Wylie:
  • skyabs myed pa la zas sbyin
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱབས་མྱེད་པ་ལ་ཟས་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • anāthapiṇḍada

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A wealthy merchant in the town of Śrāvastī, famous for his generosity to the poor, who became a patron of the Buddha Śākyamuni. He bought Prince Jeta’s Grove (Skt. Jetavana), to be the Buddha’s first monastery, a place where the monks could stay during the monsoon.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
  • g.­550
g.­66

Anavamarda­bala­ketu

Wylie:
  • stobs la thub pa myed pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལ་ཐུབ་པ་མྱེད་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • anavamarda­bala­ketu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­87
g.­120

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Used both as an epithet of the Buddha and to mean the final accomplishment of the śrāvaka path.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­18-28
  • 10.­24
  • 18.­14
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­32
  • 28.­15
  • 33.­10
  • 34.­70
  • 36.­142
  • 37.­78
  • 40.­10
  • 40.­158
  • 41.­42-43
  • 41.­62
  • 41.­71
  • 42.­92
  • 43.­114
  • 43.­220
  • 43.­232
  • 43.­278
  • 44.­64
  • 44.­75
  • 45.­10
  • 54.­318
  • 56.­7
  • n.­6
  • n.­1221
  • g.­23
g.­122

ārya

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

Generally has the common meaning of a noble male, one of a higher class or caste. In Dharma terms it means a male who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason.

Located in 109 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­75
  • 3.­79
  • 4.­3-4
  • 5.­2
  • 6.­13-14
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­16
  • 8.­4-8
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­48
  • 11.­5-6
  • 11.­16
  • 12.­4
  • 12.­8-15
  • 12.­17-22
  • 12.­25-27
  • 12.­31
  • 14.­8-9
  • 15.­5-6
  • 17.­7-8
  • 17.­11
  • 18.­2-3
  • 18.­13
  • 19.­4
  • 20.­19-20
  • 20.­25
  • 21.­21-22
  • 22.­2
  • 23.­3-4
  • 24.­2
  • 24.­6
  • 25.­4
  • 26.­3
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­6
  • 30.­5-6
  • 30.­19
  • 31.­2-3
  • 31.­5
  • 32.­3
  • 34.­34
  • 39.­61
  • 40.­13
  • 40.­20
  • 41.­46
  • 41.­66
  • 44.­27
  • 46.­1
  • 47.­1
  • 49.­1-2
  • 50.­1
  • 51.­1
  • 52.­1
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­5
  • 54.­21
  • 54.­25
  • 54.­69
  • 54.­197-200
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­322
  • 54.­398
  • 54.­400
  • 54.­404
  • 54.­407
  • 56.­47
  • c.­5-6
  • n.­428
  • n.­1864
  • g.­1341
g.­123

āryā

Wylie:
  • ’phags ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • āryā

Generally has the common meaning of a noble female, one of a higher class or caste. In Dharma terms it means a female who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­16
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­32
  • 10.­64
  • 13.­9-10
  • 13.­14
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­35
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­26-27
  • 27.­45
  • 27.­47-48
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­15
  • 33.­5
  • 35.­1
  • 38.­3
  • 38.­5
  • 38.­47
  • 38.­51
  • 39.­26
  • 40.­22
  • 41.­12
  • 41.­16
  • 41.­19
  • 42.­4
  • 42.­55
  • 42.­91
  • 43.­30
  • 43.­50
  • 43.­64
  • 44.­42-43
  • 44.­68
  • 45.­1
  • 48.­1
g.­124

Āryadeva

Wylie:
  • Ar+Ya de wa
Tibetan:
  • ཨཱརྻ་དེ་ཝ།
Sanskrit:
  • āryadeva

Third-century disciple of Nāgārjuna. His name is usually translated into Tibetan as ’phags pa lha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­7
  • g.­720
g.­127

asaṃkhyeya

Wylie:
  • grangs med pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲངས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṃkhyeya

The name of a certain kind of kalpa that literally means “incalculable.” The number of years in this kalpa differs in the various sūtras that give it a number. Also, twenty intermediate kalpas are said to be one incalculable kalpa, and four incalculable kalpas are one great kalpa. In light of that, those four incalculable kalpas represent the kalpas of the creation, presence, destruction, and absence of a world. Buddhas are often described as appearing in a second “incalculable” kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­9
  • g.­488
g.­130

Asaṅga­buddhi

Wylie:
  • chags pa myed pa’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­buddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • n.­60
g.­132

Asaṅga­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • chags myed rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་མྱེད་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­dhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­137

Asaṅga­netra

Wylie:
  • chags pa myed pa’i myig
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­netra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­140

Asaṅga­svara

Wylie:
  • chags pa myed pa’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­141

Asaṅgottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • chags myed dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་མྱེད་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅgottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­148

asura

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

One of the six classes of living beings, sometimes included among the gods and sometimes among the animals. A class of nonhuman beings, sometimes misleadingly called demigods, engendered and dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility, who are metaphorically described as being incessantly embroiled in a dispute with the gods over the possession of amrita.

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­50
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­7
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­20
  • 14.­5
  • 16.­8
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­52
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­6
  • 32.­14
  • 33.­3
  • 34.­16
  • 36.­26
  • 36.­34
  • 36.­67
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­22
  • 38.­65
  • 41.­61
  • 41.­87
  • 41.­93
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­284
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 56.­30
  • n.­1080
  • g.­262
  • g.­878
g.­155

Avabhāsa­makuṭin

Wylie:
  • snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • avabhāsa­makuṭin

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­96
g.­161

Avalokitanetra

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • avalokitanetra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. See n.­44.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • n.­44
g.­162

Avalokiteśvara

Wylie:
  • spyan ras gzigs dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • avalokiteśvara

First appeared as a bodhisattva beside Amitābha in the Sukhāvatī­vyūha Sūtra (The Display of the Pure Land of Sukhāvatī, Toh 115). The name has been variously interpreted. In its meaning as “the lord of avalokita,” avalokita has been interpreted as “seeing,” although, as a past passive participle, it is literally “lord of what has been seen.” One of the principal sūtras in the Mahāsāṃghika tradition was the Avalokita Sūtra, which has not been translated into Tibetan, in which the word is a synonym for enlightenment, as it is “that which has been seen” by the buddhas. In the early tantras, he was one of the lords of the three families, as the embodiment of the compassion of the Buddhas. The Potalaka Mountain in South India became important in Southern Indian Buddhism as his residence in this world, but Potalaka does not feature in the Kāraṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra (The Basket’s Display, Toh 116), which is the most important sūtra dedicated to Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­10
  • i.­18
  • i.­94-95
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­21
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­4-5
  • 30.­7-8
  • 30.­17
  • 30.­20
  • 30.­42-43
  • 30.­45
  • 31.­1
  • n.­1268
  • g.­169
  • g.­262
  • g.­815
g.­167

āyatana

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

Twelve bases of sensory perception: the six sensory faculties (the eyes, nose, ear, tongue, body, and mind), which form in the womb and eventually have contact with the external six bases of sensory perception (form, smell, sound, taste, touch, and phenomena). This can also refer to the four meditative states associated with the formless realm: (1) infinite space, (2) infinite consciousness, (3) nothingness, and (4) neither perception nor nonperception.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­14
  • 34.­31
  • 34.­34
  • 36.­46
  • 38.­96
  • 40.­29
  • 41.­5
  • 43.­13
  • 44.­1
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­21
  • 54.­345
  • 54.­411
  • n.­1973
  • n.­2001
g.­172

Bari Lotsawa

Wylie:
  • ba ri lo tsA ba
Tibetan:
  • བ་རི་ལོ་ཙཱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Rinchen Drakpa (rin chen grags pa) 1040−1111 ᴄᴇ. He went to India at the age of fourteen and became a disciple of Vajrāsana. He later became the second head of the Sakya school.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­7
  • g.­253
g.­174

Bhadra

Wylie:
  • bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra

Meaning “good,” it is the name of this present kalpa, so called because over a thousand buddhas will appear within it.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 33.­9
  • 34.­69
  • 38.­77
  • 41.­76
  • 44.­62
  • 44.­64
  • 44.­67
  • g.­599
  • g.­610
  • g.­699
  • g.­946
  • g.­1159
  • g.­1497
  • g.­1523
g.­181

Bhadrottamā

Wylie:
  • bzang mo’i mchog
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་མོའི་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrottamā

The kalyāṇamitra of chapter 48.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­112-113
  • 47.­26
  • 48.­1-2
  • 48.­5
g.­182

bhagavat

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān

“One who has bhaga,” which has many diverse meanings including “good fortune,” “happiness,” and “majesty.” In the Buddhist context, it means “one who has the good fortune of attaining enlightenment.”

Located in 171 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­6-7
  • 1.­14-32
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­58
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­31-34
  • 2.­36
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­22
  • 6.­20-23
  • 8.­10
  • 8.­13
  • 8.­15
  • 9.­41
  • 18.­14
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­31-32
  • 22.­46
  • 28.­15
  • 28.­18
  • 29.­17
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­11
  • 34.­70
  • 34.­72
  • 36.­4
  • 36.­142
  • 37.­69
  • 37.­93-95
  • 37.­97
  • 37.­101
  • 37.­107
  • 37.­114
  • 37.­136
  • 37.­141
  • 37.­144-145
  • 37.­147
  • 37.­154
  • 37.­156
  • 38.­10
  • 38.­12-27
  • 38.­53
  • 38.­72
  • 38.­91
  • 39.­43
  • 40.­10-11
  • 40.­19
  • 40.­158
  • 40.­162
  • 40.­178
  • 41.­42
  • 41.­45
  • 41.­61-67
  • 41.­69
  • 41.­71
  • 41.­73-74
  • 41.­76
  • 41.­78-79
  • 41.­84
  • 41.­98
  • 42.­11
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­64
  • 42.­67
  • 42.­69
  • 42.­71
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­85-87
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­94
  • 42.­96-97
  • 42.­102-103
  • 42.­105
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­60-61
  • 43.­114-115
  • 43.­218-219
  • 43.­221-223
  • 43.­231-232
  • 43.­236-237
  • 43.­241-243
  • 43.­252
  • 43.­254-255
  • 43.­258
  • 43.­278
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­298
  • 44.­44
  • 44.­62
  • 44.­71-72
  • 45.­4
  • 56.­7
  • 56.­35
  • 56.­45-46
  • n.­1221
g.­184

Bharukaccha

Wylie:
  • rgyas pa’i ’gram
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱས་པའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharukaccha

A town in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­114
  • 48.­4
  • 49.­1
  • 49.­5
g.­187

bhikṣu

Wylie:
  • dge slong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity.

In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).

Located in 78 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­68-70
  • i.­73-74
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­106
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­58
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­13-18
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­1-3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­37
  • 5.­2-3
  • 5.­18-19
  • 6.­1-3
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­12-13
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­28
  • 8.­35
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­44-46
  • 9.­48
  • 9.­51-52
  • 13.­17
  • 14.­2-3
  • 14.­7-8
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­28
  • 15.­1
  • 39.­30
  • 43.­242
  • 54.­373
  • g.­220
  • g.­276
  • g.­523
  • g.­686
  • g.­689
  • g.­733
  • g.­843
  • g.­862
  • g.­956
  • g.­957
  • g.­961
  • g.­1231
  • g.­1274
  • g.­1454
  • g.­1472
  • g.­1518
g.­188

bhikṣuṇī

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • i.­104
  • 26.­10
  • 27.­1-2
  • 27.­8-44
  • 27.­55
  • 39.­32
  • 39.­34
  • 54.­373
  • n.­1199
  • g.­304
  • g.­545
  • g.­1166
g.­192

bhūmi

Wylie:
  • sa
Tibetan:
  • ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūmi

This is literally the “ground” in which qualities grow like plants, and it also means a “level.” As an untranslated term, bhūmi is used specifically to refer to levels of enlightenment, especially the seven or ten levels of the enlightened bodhisattvas. Sūtras such as the Perfection of Wisdom sūtras teach the seven bhūmis. The teaching of ten bhūmis was found in the Mahāsāṃghika tradition and particularly in the Daśa­bhūmika Sūtra (Toh 44, ch. 31, Ten Bhūmi Sūtra), which is the thirty-first chapter in the Tibetan version of the Avataṃsaka Sūtra.

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­49
  • 18.­7
  • 27.­31-39
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­10
  • 36.­138
  • 37.­70
  • 37.­102
  • 38.­17
  • 38.­75-76
  • 40.­11
  • 40.­162
  • 40.­177
  • 41.­5
  • 42.­59
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­60
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­180
  • 43.­291
  • 43.­325
  • 47.­21
  • 53.­15-19
  • 53.­24
  • 53.­40
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­318
  • 54.­332
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­356
  • 54.­408-409
  • 56.­69
  • n.­260-263
  • n.­352
  • n.­989
  • n.­1321
  • n.­1513
  • n.­1517-1518
  • g.­651
g.­196

blue lotus

Wylie:
  • ut pa la
  • ut+pa la
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།
  • ཨུཏྤ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpala

Nymphaea caerulea. The “blue lotus” is actually a lily, so it is also known as the blue water lily.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 21.­4
  • 21.­11
  • 27.­3
  • 28.­5
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­151
  • 43.­153
  • 54.­79
  • 54.­183
  • 54.­369
  • g.­943
g.­197

Bodhi tree

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi shing
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhivṛkṣa

The tree beneath which every buddha will manifest the attainment of buddhahood.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­4-5
  • i.­46
  • i.­102
  • 1.­27
  • 12.­29
  • 34.­48
  • 34.­63
  • 34.­65
  • 35.­23
  • 36.­72
  • 37.­50
  • 37.­54-64
  • 37.­95
  • 38.­54
  • 40.­167
  • 41.­74
  • 41.­111
  • 54.­352
  • 56.­85
  • 56.­124
  • g.­199
  • g.­322
  • g.­812
  • g.­1030
g.­198

Bodhiketu

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhiketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­199

bodhimaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • snying po byang chub
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhimaṇḍa

The exact place where every buddha in this world will manifest the attainment of buddhahood. In our world, it is the spot beneath the Bodhi tree in the village presently known as Bodhgaya. Literally, “the essence of enlightenment.” Also translated elsewhere as byang chub kyi snying po.

Located in 105 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98-101
  • i.­103
  • i.­105
  • i.­109
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­29-30
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­50
  • 6.­20
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 12.­22
  • 16.­31-34
  • 27.­49
  • 32.­15
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­10
  • 34.­71
  • 34.­75
  • 35.­19
  • 36.­13
  • 36.­30
  • 37.­49-51
  • 37.­66
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­92
  • 37.­100
  • 37.­161
  • 38.­53-55
  • 38.­57-64
  • 38.­71-73
  • 38.­91
  • 39.­28
  • 40.­52
  • 40.­178
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­43
  • 41.­45
  • 41.­74
  • 41.­85
  • 43.­115
  • 43.­200
  • 43.­202
  • 43.­218
  • 43.­232
  • 43.­253
  • 43.­287-288
  • 43.­323
  • 44.­21
  • 44.­48
  • 44.­60
  • 44.­69-74
  • 54.­318
  • 54.­352
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­3
  • n.­182
  • n.­1371
  • n.­1514
  • n.­1666
  • n.­1739
  • g.­257
  • g.­356
  • g.­369
  • g.­402
  • g.­765
  • g.­866
  • g.­906
  • g.­990
  • g.­1105
  • g.­1118
  • g.­1143
  • g.­1144
  • g.­1212
  • g.­1239
g.­200

Bodhimaṇḍacūḍa

Wylie:
  • byang chub dam pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་དམ་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhimaṇḍacūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­201

Bodhi­maṇḍa­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • byang chub dam pa’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་དམ་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­maṇḍa­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­205

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

The personification of the universal force of Brahman, the deity in the form realm, who was, during the Buddha’s time, considered the supreme deity and creator of the universe. In the cosmogony of many universes, each with a thousand million worlds, there are many Brahmās. Also called Mahābrahmā.

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 2.­56
  • 6.­17
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­13-14
  • 12.­8-9
  • 14.­5
  • 21.­15
  • 26.­5
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­40
  • 36.­34
  • 36.­63
  • 37.­44
  • 37.­77
  • 38.­27
  • 38.­65
  • 40.­89
  • 40.­96
  • 40.­117
  • 40.­122
  • 41.­88
  • 43.­89
  • 43.­110
  • 43.­124
  • 43.­151
  • 44.­31
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­410
  • 56.­17
  • 56.­30
  • g.­209
  • g.­210
  • g.­213
  • g.­665
  • g.­762
  • g.­952
g.­208

Brahmaghoṣa

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmaghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­210

Brahmakāyika

Wylie:
  • tshangs ris
  • tshangs pa’i ris
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་རིས།
  • ཚངས་པའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmakāyika

Brahmā’s paradise, the lowest of the three paradises that form the paradises of the first dhyāna in the form realm. Also called Brahmapārṣada.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­43
  • 3.­1
  • 5.­7
  • 6.­11
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­13-15
  • 7.­19
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13-14
  • 27.­12
  • 43.­115
  • g.­209
  • g.­212
g.­211

Brahmaketu

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmaketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­212

Brahmapārṣada

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa kun ris
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ཀུན་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmapārṣada

The lowest of the three paradises that correspond to the first dhyāna in the form realm. Also called Brahmakāyika.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­20
  • g.­209
  • g.­210
g.­217

Brahmendracuḍa

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dbang po’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དབང་པོའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmendracuḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­218

Brahmendrarāja

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­219

brahmin

Wylie:
  • bram ze
Tibetan:
  • བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmaṇa

A member of the priestly class or caste from the four social divisions of India.

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­76-77
  • i.­88
  • i.­116-117
  • 3.­34
  • 5.­15
  • 9.­7-8
  • 11.­7-8
  • 11.­18
  • 12.­2-5
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­27-28
  • 12.­32
  • 12.­34
  • 23.­2
  • 31.­6
  • 34.­34
  • 41.­46
  • 43.­235
  • 51.­3
  • 52.­1-2
  • 52.­5
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­406
  • 54.­410
  • 54.­413
  • n.­710
  • n.­743
  • n.­1311
  • g.­262
  • g.­546
  • g.­946
  • g.­1175
  • g.­1190
g.­224

buddha realm

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi zhing
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhakṣetra

A pure realm manifested by a buddha or advanced bodhisattva through the power of their great merit and aspirations.

Located in 315 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66-67
  • i.­73-74
  • i.­76
  • i.­84
  • i.­87
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­8-9
  • 1.­12-15
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­19
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­25
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­108
  • 2.­2-5
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­12
  • 2.­24-26
  • 2.­31
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­35-36
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­53-54
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­86
  • 4.­10-12
  • 4.­14
  • 4.­22
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­22-23
  • 8.­9-12
  • 8.­15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­32
  • 8.­34
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­5-6
  • 9.­13-32
  • 10.­31
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­55-56
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­14
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­15
  • 14.­13
  • 14.­18
  • 16.­25
  • 16.­29
  • 16.­32
  • 16.­34
  • 16.­36
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­14
  • 19.­11
  • 19.­15
  • 19.­23
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­10
  • 24.­1
  • 26.­6
  • 27.­48
  • 27.­53
  • 28.­14
  • 29.­6-7
  • 29.­9-10
  • 29.­12
  • 29.­16
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­9-11
  • 33.­10
  • 34.­72
  • 35.­5
  • 36.­10
  • 36.­14-15
  • 36.­36
  • 36.­142-143
  • 37.­4
  • 37.­35-36
  • 37.­58
  • 37.­65
  • 37.­68
  • 37.­96
  • 37.­100-101
  • 37.­104-106
  • 37.­115
  • 37.­117
  • 37.­121
  • 37.­133
  • 37.­158
  • 38.­9
  • 38.­12-27
  • 38.­49
  • 38.­65-66
  • 38.­71-72
  • 38.­77
  • 39.­10
  • 39.­39
  • 39.­47
  • 40.­16
  • 40.­178
  • 41.­2
  • 41.­4-7
  • 41.­21-22
  • 41.­62
  • 41.­69
  • 41.­74
  • 41.­81-82
  • 41.­101
  • 42.­15
  • 42.­30
  • 42.­33
  • 42.­36
  • 42.­67
  • 42.­73
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­79
  • 42.­87-89
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­103
  • 42.­105
  • 42.­119
  • 43.­13
  • 43.­50-51
  • 43.­60
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­238
  • 43.­253
  • 43.­258
  • 43.­279
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­285
  • 43.­292
  • 43.­295
  • 44.­19
  • 44.­23
  • 44.­31
  • 44.­46
  • 44.­49
  • 44.­53
  • 44.­55
  • 44.­60
  • 44.­76
  • 45.­6
  • 53.­18-19
  • 54.­10
  • 54.­182
  • 54.­207
  • 54.­332
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­356-357
  • 54.­359
  • 54.­397
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­3
  • 56.­11-12
  • 56.­14-16
  • 56.­19-28
  • 56.­32
  • 56.­37
  • 56.­42
  • 56.­44
  • 56.­48-49
  • 56.­51-54
  • 56.­56-58
  • 56.­62-66
  • 56.­68-69
  • 56.­71
  • n.­92
  • n.­181
  • n.­205
  • n.­395
  • n.­1266
  • n.­1491
  • n.­1830
  • n.­2203
  • g.­9
  • g.­43
  • g.­44
  • g.­138
  • g.­139
  • g.­315
  • g.­466
  • g.­469
  • g.­470
  • g.­471
  • g.­541
  • g.­598
  • g.­609
  • g.­715
  • g.­717
  • g.­932
  • g.­940
  • g.­1081
  • g.­1098
  • g.­1111
  • g.­1119
  • g.­1134
  • g.­1141
  • g.­1142
  • g.­1285
  • g.­1380
  • g.­1388
  • g.­1394
  • g.­1421
g.­225

Buddhabhadra

Wylie:
  • byang chub bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhabhadra

359−429 ᴄᴇ. He was from North India and came to China in 408 and translated extensively. The Tibetan would more literally be sangs rgyas bzang po.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­13
  • i.­16-18
  • i.­34
  • i.­56
  • c.­5
g.­229

Butön Rinpoché

Wylie:
  • bu ston rin po che
Tibetan:
  • བུ་སྟོན་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Butön Rinchen Drup (bu ston rin chen grub, 1290−364). A master of the Sakya school, he was an influential scholar, historian, and compiler and cataloger of the canon.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­4
  • n.­2242
g.­231

Cakravāla

Wylie:
  • khor yug
  • ’khor yug
Tibetan:
  • ཁོར་ཡུག
  • འཁོར་ཡུག
Sanskrit:
  • cakravāla

“Circular Mass.” There are at least four interpretations of what this name refers to. In the Kṣiti­garbha Sūtra it is a mountain that contains the hells. It is also equivalent to the Vaḍaba submarine mountain of fire, which is also said to be the entrance to the hells. The term cakravāla is also used to mean “the entire disk of a world,” including Meru and the paradises above it. More commonly, as in this sūtra, it is the name of the outer ring of mountains at the edge of the flat disk of a world, with Sumeru in the center. Yet it is has the nature of heat, like the Mountain Vaḍaba, in that the heat of the ring of mountains evaporates the ocean so that it does not overflow. Also called Cakravāḍa.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • 9.­29
  • 11.­8
  • 14.­25
  • 16.­42
  • 30.­39
  • 36.­62
  • 37.­37-38
  • 37.­67
  • 39.­26
  • 43.­193
  • 44.­69
  • 53.­26
  • 54.­210
  • 56.­30
  • 56.­65
  • c.­12
  • n.­488
  • n.­1384
  • n.­1811
g.­232

cakravartin

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartin

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ideal monarch or emperor who, as the result of the merit accumulated in previous lifetimes, rules over a vast realm in accordance with the Dharma. Such a monarch is called a cakravartin because he bears a wheel (cakra) that rolls (vartate) across the earth, bringing all lands and kingdoms under his power. The cakravartin conquers his territory without causing harm, and his activity causes beings to enter the path of wholesome actions. According to Vasubandhu’s Abhidharmakośa, just as with the buddhas, only one cakravartin appears in a world system at any given time. They are likewise endowed with the thirty-two major marks of a great being (mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa), but a cakravartin’s marks are outshined by those of a buddha. They possess seven precious objects: the wheel, the elephant, the horse, the wish-fulfilling gem, the queen, the general, and the minister. An illustrative passage about the cakravartin and his possessions can be found in The Play in Full (Toh 95), 3.3–3.13.

Vasubandhu lists four types of cakravartins: (1) the cakravartin with a golden wheel (suvarṇacakravartin) rules over four continents and is invited by lesser kings to be their ruler; (2) the cakravartin with a silver wheel (rūpyacakravartin) rules over three continents and his opponents submit to him as he approaches; (3) the cakravartin with a copper wheel (tāmracakravartin) rules over two continents and his opponents submit themselves after preparing for battle; and (4) the cakravartin with an iron wheel (ayaścakravartin) rules over one continent and his opponents submit themselves after brandishing weapons.

Located in 71 passages in the translation:

  • i.­101-102
  • i.­104-105
  • i.­109
  • 5.­7
  • 9.­17
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­13
  • 34.­65
  • 36.­58
  • 36.­63
  • 36.­140-141
  • 37.­41
  • 37.­43-45
  • 37.­74
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­81
  • 37.­92
  • 37.­94
  • 37.­111
  • 37.­117
  • 39.­29
  • 39.­32-34
  • 40.­54
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­84
  • 43.­113
  • 43.­126
  • 43.­199
  • 43.­244-245
  • 43.­252
  • 43.­259
  • 44.­69
  • 44.­71-72
  • 44.­75
  • 54.­238
  • 54.­299
  • 54.­333
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­377
  • 56.­57
  • n.­1460
  • n.­1463
  • n.­1790
  • g.­28
  • g.­176
  • g.­687
  • g.­699
  • g.­772
  • g.­782
  • g.­783
  • g.­825
  • g.­849
  • g.­1003
  • g.­1054
  • g.­1089
  • g.­1154
  • g.­1158
  • g.­1390
  • g.­1419
  • g.­1483
  • g.­1489
g.­244

Candra­śrī

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • candra­śrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­248

Candrottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • zla ba dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • candrottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­253

Chim Tsöndrü Sengé

Wylie:
  • mchims brtson seng
Tibetan:
  • མཆིམས་བརྩོན་སེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Late-eleventh to early-twelfth century. The text gives the shortened version of his name, which in full is mchims brtson ’grus seng ge. A disciple of Bari Lotsawa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­7
g.­254

Chokden

Wylie:
  • mchog ldan
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Chokden Lekpé Lodrö (mchog ldan legs pa’i blo gros), a Sakya master of the thirteenth century.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­6
g.­255

Chökyi Jungné

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’byung gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The eighth Tai Situpa in the Karma Kagyü tradition (1700−1777), he oversaw the creation of the Degé Kangyur.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31
  • n.­2254
g.­261

courtesan

Wylie:
  • bcom pa ma
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāgavatī

This term is used for a female devotee of Viṣṇu (bhagavat), but here is used as an honorific term for a courtesan. Bhaga can also mean “vulva” and is therefore also used in that way in compounds. This English is also used as a translation for gaṇika in chapter 43 (see n.­1786).

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­92-93
  • i.­108
  • 27.­54
  • 28.­1-5
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­21
  • 43.­110
  • 43.­113
  • 43.­140
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­207
  • 43.­256-257
  • 43.­316
  • g.­892
  • g.­1050
  • g.­1227
  • g.­1232
  • g.­1253
  • g.­1442
g.­264

Daśa­dikprabha­parisphuṭa

Wylie:
  • phyogs bcu snang bas rgyas par ’gengs pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་བཅུ་སྣང་བས་རྒྱས་པར་འགེངས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­dikprabha­parisphuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­265

defilement

Wylie:
  • zag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āśrava

A term of Jain origin, meaning “inflow.” It refers to having uncontrolled thoughts as a result of being influenced by sensory objects and thus being sullied or defiled. It is also defined as “outflows,” hence the Tibetan zag pa, “leak,” as the mind flows out toward the sensory objects.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­6
  • 37.­30
  • 40.­36
  • 43.­63
  • 43.­182
  • 43.­240
  • 44.­16
  • n.­1576
  • n.­1822
  • g.­1325
g.­267

dependent origination

Wylie:
  • rten cing ’brel par ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratītya­samutpāda

The teaching that everything arises in dependence on something else, which is also applied to the entire process of life and death. This became standardized into twelve sequences of dependent origination, beginning with ignorance, followed by formation, and concluding in death. In the Pali suttas, this was more often taught as a greater number of successive sequences, commencing with ignorance and formation being simultaneous and codependent, like two sticks leaning against each other.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­14
  • 9.­17
  • 14.­1
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­348
  • n.­2001
g.­268

desire realm

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmadhātu

One of the three realms of saṃsāra, characterized by a prevalence of desire.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 22.­18
  • 26.­5
  • 28.­7
  • 37.­8
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 43.­12
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­238
  • 54.­240
  • 54.­262
  • 56.­18
  • 56.­30
  • n.­1062
  • g.­723
  • g.­775
  • g.­800
  • g.­1264
  • g.­1332
  • g.­1349
  • g.­1436
  • g.­1437
  • g.­1537
g.­270

deva

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.

Located in 199 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • i.­79
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­55
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­22-23
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­2-3
  • 6.­12
  • 7.­6-7
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 7.­19
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­45
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­11-14
  • 12.­11-15
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­4-6
  • 15.­2-3
  • 16.­8
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­15
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 17.­6
  • 18.­14
  • 20.­17-19
  • 21.­15
  • 21.­45
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­52
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­14-15
  • 24.­17
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­6-7
  • 27.­11-17
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­13
  • 28.­15-16
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­6
  • 32.­2
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­16
  • 33.­3
  • 34.­18
  • 34.­40
  • 34.­70
  • 35.­17
  • 36.­8
  • 36.­18-22
  • 36.­29-30
  • 36.­34
  • 36.­37
  • 36.­67
  • 36.­81
  • 36.­119
  • 36.­142
  • 37.­5
  • 37.­35
  • 37.­40
  • 37.­77
  • 37.­110
  • 37.­119
  • 38.­8
  • 38.­18
  • 38.­65
  • 38.­95
  • 40.­23
  • 40.­52
  • 40.­80
  • 40.­83
  • 40.­89
  • 40.­113
  • 40.­122-123
  • 40.­141
  • 41.­42
  • 41.­61
  • 41.­65
  • 41.­85-87
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 42.­92
  • 43.­14
  • 43.­114-115
  • 43.­232
  • 43.­315
  • 44.­31
  • 44.­57-58
  • 44.­76
  • 44.­79
  • 45.­1-2
  • 45.­13
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­90
  • 54.­113
  • 54.­200
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­232
  • 54.­245
  • 54.­254
  • 54.­256
  • 54.­262
  • 54.­284
  • 54.­308
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338-339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­361
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­385
  • 54.­410
  • 54.­415
  • 56.­16-18
  • 56.­30
  • 56.­89
  • 56.­118
  • n.­440
  • n.­956
  • n.­1062
  • n.­1177
  • n.­1376
  • n.­1418
  • n.­1735
  • g.­209
  • g.­262
  • g.­279
  • g.­283
  • g.­522
  • g.­723
  • g.­775
  • g.­973
  • g.­1179
  • g.­1238
g.­271

Devadatta

Wylie:
  • lha sbyin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • devadatta

A cousin of the Buddha Śākyamuni who broke with him and established his own community. He is portrayed as engendering evil schemes against the Buddha and even succeeding in wounding him. He is usually identified with wicked beings in accounts of previous lifetimes.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­106
  • 41.­73
g.­273

Deva­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • lha’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • deva­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­274

Devaprabha

Wylie:
  • lha’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • devaprabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­280

Devendracūḍa

Wylie:
  • lha dbang gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་དབང་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • devendracūḍa

A buddha in the distant past in chapter 36, and another buddha in the distant past in chapter 41.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­118
  • 41.­95
g.­281

Devendragarbha

Wylie:
  • lha dbang snying po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་དབང་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • devendragarbha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­85
g.­282

Devendrarāja

Wylie:
  • lha’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • devendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­287

dhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • gzungs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī

Sentences or phrases that were said to hold the essence of a teaching or meaning. According to context, the term can also mean an exceptional power of mental retention. Also used as a healing spell. This term is also rendered in this translation as “retention.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­36
  • 37.­26
  • 43.­238-240
  • 43.­243
  • 54.­210
  • n.­1017
  • g.­944
g.­288

Dhāraṇīgarbha

Wylie:
  • sa’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • སའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇīgarbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­289

Dharaṇī­nirghoṣa­svara

Wylie:
  • sa’i dbyangs kyi sgra
Tibetan:
  • སའི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇī­nirghoṣa­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­290

Dharaṇī­nirnāda­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • sa sgra’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ས་སྒྲའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇī­nirnāda­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­291

Dharaṇī­śrī­parvata­tejas

Wylie:
  • sa’i dpal ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • སའི་དཔལ་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇī­śrī­parvata­tejas

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­85
g.­294

Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

A village in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­116
  • 51.­3
  • 52.­1
g.­295

Dharma body

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sku
  • chos kyi lus
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ལུས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­kāya
  • dharma­śarīra

Distinct from the rūpakāya or “form body” of a buddha. In origin it was a term for the presence of the Dharma, which would continue after the Buddha’s passing. It also came to refer to someone who was an embodiment of the Dharma, and also the eternal, imperceptible realization of a buddha, and therefore became synonymous with the true nature. In the context of the teaching of the three kāyas of a buddha, only the term dharmakāya (chos kyi sku), rather than dharmaśarīra, (chos kyi lus) was used.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­31
  • 3.­36
  • 19.­13
  • 24.­2
  • 34.­55
  • 34.­78
  • 36.­45
  • 38.­7
  • 38.­98
  • 39.­67
  • 41.­1
  • 42.­49
  • 43.­13
  • 43.­30
  • 44.­33
  • 44.­38
  • 56.­58
  • n.­243
  • g.­444
g.­303

Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo’i sgra nam mkha’i sprin gyi sgron ma rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོའི་སྒྲ་ནམ་མཁའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja

A buddha in the distant past. In verse he is called Saddharma­ghoṣāmbara­dīpa­rāja.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­106
  • 41.­42-43
  • 41.­45
  • 41.­61-63
  • 41.­66-67
  • 41.­71
  • 41.­79
  • 41.­84
g.­305

Dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­samanta­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo sprul pa kun tu snang ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་སྤྲུལ་པ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­samanta­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­88
g.­307

Dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo’i ’od rab tu bsgrags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོའི་འོད་རབ་ཏུ་བསྒྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­86
g.­320

Dharma­dhātu­nayāvabhāsa­buddhi

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings su snang ba’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་སྣང་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­nayāvabhāsa­buddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­326

Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­maṇi­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings snang ba’i blo gros cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སྣང་བའི་བློ་གྲོས་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­maṇi­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­338

Dharma­gaganābhyudgata­śrī­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi nam mkha’ la dpal shin tu ’phags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ནམ་མཁའ་ལ་དཔལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­gaganābhyudgata­śrī­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­84
g.­343

Dharmaketu

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmaketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­364

Dharmaprabha (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmaprabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­383

Dharma­samudra­garbha

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­samudra­garbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­390

Dharmaśrī

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmaśrī

A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī, and also the name of a buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharmaśiri.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 36.­108
g.­392

Dharma­sūrya­tejas

Wylie:
  • chos kyi nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sūrya­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­393

Dharmāvabhāsa­svara

Wylie:
  • chos snang ba’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སྣང་བའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmāvabhāsa­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­396

Dharmendrarāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbang po’i rgyal po
  • chos dbang rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • ཆོས་དབང་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmendrarāja

A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī (translated as chos kyi dbang po’i rgyal po), and also the name of two buddhas in the distant past (translated as chos dbang rgyal po).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 36.­108
  • 36.­114
g.­399

Dharmodgata

Wylie:
  • chos kyis ’phags pa
  • chos ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
  • ཆོས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. Also the seventy-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 37.­150
g.­400

Dharmodgata­kīrti

Wylie:
  • chos kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmodgata­kīrti

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­95
g.­407

Dhṛtarāṣṭra

Wylie:
  • gnas srung po
Tibetan:
  • གནས་སྲུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtarāṣṭra

One of the Four Mahārājas, he is the guardian deity for the east and lord of the gandharvas. Also the name of the king of the geese that was a previous life of the Buddha as described in the Jātakas. In other sūtras, more commonly translated as yul ’khor srung.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­20
  • 36.­23
  • 43.­70
  • g.­683
g.­410

dhyāna

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Generally, one of the synonyms for meditation referring to a state of mental stability. The specific four dhyānas are four successively subtler states of meditation that are said to lead to rebirth into the corresponding four levels of the form realm, which are composed of seventeen paradises.

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­63
  • 12.­9
  • 35.­7-11
  • 36.­11
  • 40.­4
  • 40.­39
  • 42.­24
  • 43.­6
  • 43.­12
  • 43.­60
  • 44.­6
  • 44.­38
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­17
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­345
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­358
  • g.­3
  • g.­56
  • g.­107
  • g.­109
  • g.­209
  • g.­210
  • g.­212
  • g.­215
  • g.­221
  • g.­666
  • g.­806
  • g.­807
  • g.­811
  • g.­868
  • g.­1219
  • g.­1325
g.­411

diamond

Wylie:
  • rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

See “vajra.”

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • i.­62
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­66
  • 5.­7-8
  • 10.­8
  • 13.­6
  • 17.­4
  • 20.­4
  • 21.­4
  • 21.­7
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­31
  • 27.­6
  • 28.­6-7
  • 30.­2
  • 30.­18
  • 37.­4
  • 37.­36
  • 37.­49
  • 38.­52
  • 40.­77
  • 40.­80
  • 40.­140
  • 42.­56
  • 43.­102
  • 44.­29
  • 44.­31
  • 54.­300
  • 54.­302-318
  • n.­369
  • g.­1154
  • g.­1333
  • g.­1402
  • g.­1419
g.­412

Digvairocana­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • phyogs rnam par snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • digvairocana­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­418

discernment

Wylie:
  • so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratisaṃvida

When given as an enumeration, this refers to the four: the discernments of meaning, phenomena, definitions, and eloquence.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­30
  • 3.­59
  • 5.­11
  • 7.­3
  • 8.­14
  • 9.­49
  • 10.­31
  • 32.­1
  • 38.­9
  • 39.­56
  • 41.­97
  • 43.­243
  • 47.­21
  • 54.­348
  • 56.­42
  • 56.­70
g.­429

Durga

Wylie:
  • bgrod dka’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བགྲོད་དཀའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • durga

A land in the south of India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 27.­54
  • 28.­1
g.­434

eightfold path

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i lam gyi yan lag brgyad
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་གྱི་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • āryāṣṭāṅga­mārga

The Buddhist path as presented in the Śrāvakayāna: right view, right intention, right speech, right conduct, right livelihood, right effort, right recollection, and right samādhi.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­13
  • n.­994
  • n.­1221
  • n.­1322
  • n.­1664
  • n.­1734
  • n.­1787
  • n.­1823
  • g.­1341
g.­438

features (of a great being)

Wylie:
  • dpe byad bzang po
Tibetan:
  • དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuvyañjana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The eighty secondary physical characteristics of a buddha and of other great beings (mahāpuruṣa), which include such details as the redness of the fingernails and the blackness of the hair. They are considered “minor” in terms of being secondary to the thirty-two major marks or signs of a great being.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­27
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­127
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­44
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­36
  • 5.­10
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­31
  • 11.­12
  • 14.­3
  • 17.­17
  • 19.­11
  • 20.­5
  • 21.­15
  • 22.­29-30
  • 22.­32
  • 30.­7
  • 36.­58
  • 37.­2
  • 37.­15
  • 37.­67
  • 38.­16
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­62
  • 42.­77
  • 43.­5
  • 56.­3
  • 56.­66
  • n.­477
  • n.­1507
g.­444

form body

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpakāya

The form or physical body of a buddha, as opposed to the Dharma body or dharmakāya. In Buddhist philosophy, the form body was eventually divided into two kinds: the nirmāṇa­kāya (“emanation body”), which is a physical body, and the saṃbhogkāya (“enjoyment body”), which is an immaterial body seen only by enlightened beings.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­150-152
  • 2.­31
  • 38.­7
  • 38.­10
  • 39.­67
  • 41.­5
  • 44.­33
  • 56.­58
  • 56.­62
  • n.­1882-1886
  • g.­295
g.­445

form realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs la spyod pa
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ལ་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpāvacara

Eighteen paradises that comprise the realm of form, into which beings are reborn through the power of meditation. It is higher than the realm of desire, where beings are reborn through karma.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­31
  • 26.­5
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 54.­13
  • 56.­16
  • 56.­30
  • n.­1062
  • g.­3
  • g.­41
  • g.­56
  • g.­107
  • g.­109
  • g.­149
  • g.­166
  • g.­205
  • g.­209
  • g.­210
  • g.­212
  • g.­215
  • g.­221
  • g.­410
  • g.­666
  • g.­806
  • g.­807
  • g.­868
  • g.­1219
  • g.­1233
  • g.­1235
  • g.­1242
  • g.­1332
g.­446

formless realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpyadhātu

One of the three realms of saṃsāra, where beings have only subtle mental form.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­13
  • 56.­30
  • g.­167
  • g.­433
  • g.­1332
g.­448

Gagana­buddhi

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­buddhi

A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī, and also the name of a buddha in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 36.­93
g.­450

Gagana­garbha

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­garbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­452

Gagana­kānta­rāja

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mdzes pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཛེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­kānta­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­86
g.­455

Gagana­netra

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i myig
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­netra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­456

Gagana­nirghoṣa­svara

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i dbyangs kyi sgra
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­nirghoṣa­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­459

Gagana­śrī

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­śrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­474

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­19
  • 14.­5
  • 15.­2-3
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­40
  • 36.­23
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­21
  • 38.­65
  • 41.­61
  • 41.­95
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­392
  • g.­111
  • g.­407
g.­478

Gaṇendrarāja

Wylie:
  • tshogs kyi dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṇendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­479

Ganges

Wylie:
  • gang gA
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.

According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 10.­25
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­11
  • 45.­3
  • 45.­5
  • 45.­7-10
  • 54.­175
  • g.­160
  • g.­700
  • g.­1194
g.­482

garuḍa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Indian mythology, the garuḍa is an eagle-like bird that is regarded as the king of all birds, normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. They are traditionally enemies of the nāgas. In the Vedas, they are said to have brought nectar from the heavens to earth. Garuḍa can also be used as a proper name for a king of such creatures.

Located in 54 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­8
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­17
  • 12.­21
  • 14.­5
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­52
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­31
  • 30.­40
  • 34.­16
  • 36.­26
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­23
  • 41.­61
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 54.­30
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­267
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • n.­383
  • n.­1293
  • n.­1731
  • g.­664
  • g.­690
g.­488

great kalpa

Wylie:
  • bskal pa chen po
  • bskal pa che ba
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • བསྐལ་པ་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākalpa

The name of a certain kind of kalpa. The number of years in this kalpa differs in the various sūtras that give it a number, although it is said to equal four asaṃkhyeya (“incalculable”) kalpas.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 34.­69
  • 41.­25
  • 56.­49-54
  • n.­1685
  • g.­127
g.­498

Guṇa­prabhāvodgata

Wylie:
  • yon tan gyi tshogs kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་གྱི་ཚོགས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­prabhāvodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­511

Guṇa­viśuddhi­garbha

Wylie:
  • yon tan rnam dag snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རྣམ་དག་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­viśuddhi­garbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­512

Gying-ju

Wylie:
  • gying ju
Tibetan:
  • གྱིང་ཇུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Unidentified.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­6
g.­514

head merchant

Wylie:
  • tshong dpon
Tibetan:
  • ཚོང་དཔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṣṭhin

Located in 324 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49-52
  • i.­55
  • i.­72
  • i.­82
  • i.­90
  • i.­93
  • i.­99
  • 3.­28
  • 3.­30-31
  • 3.­33
  • 3.­35-37
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­95
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­37
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­19
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­13
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­28
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­3-5
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­21-22
  • 8.­1-3
  • 8.­9-10
  • 8.­16-17
  • 8.­36
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­39-44
  • 9.­51-52
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­67
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­8
  • 11.­10-12
  • 11.­15
  • 11.­19
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­4
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­27-28
  • 12.­30
  • 12.­34
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­18
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­7
  • 14.­27-28
  • 15.­1
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­18
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­42
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­23
  • 17.­25
  • 18.­1
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­20
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­26
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­19
  • 20.­21-22
  • 20.­25
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­1
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­13
  • 21.­21
  • 21.­57
  • 21.­61
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­20
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­49-50
  • 22.­54
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­19-20
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­15-16
  • 26.­1-4
  • 26.­11
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­9
  • 27.­44
  • 27.­55
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­17
  • 28.­21
  • 29.­22
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­4-5
  • 30.­43
  • 30.­45
  • 31.­1
  • 31.­16
  • 32.­4
  • 32.­7-8
  • 32.­16
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­4-5
  • 33.­13
  • 34.­1
  • 34.­10
  • 34.­42
  • 34.­64
  • 34.­70
  • 34.­76
  • 34.­87
  • 35.­1
  • 35.­20
  • 35.­34
  • 36.­1
  • 36.­3
  • 36.­39
  • 36.­42
  • 36.­54
  • 36.­145
  • 37.­1-3
  • 37.­11
  • 37.­14
  • 37.­34
  • 37.­118
  • 37.­130
  • 37.­162
  • 38.­1
  • 38.­4
  • 38.­47
  • 38.­79
  • 38.­92
  • 38.­103
  • 39.­1
  • 39.­5
  • 39.­44
  • 39.­56
  • 39.­68
  • 40.­1-3
  • 40.­96-97
  • 40.­151
  • 40.­156-157
  • 40.­161
  • 40.­165
  • 40.­179
  • 41.­1-2
  • 41.­6-7
  • 41.­20-21
  • 41.­60
  • 41.­99
  • 41.­137
  • 42.­1
  • 42.­42
  • 42.­91
  • 42.­132
  • 43.­1
  • 43.­4
  • 43.­8
  • 43.­15
  • 43.­26-27
  • 43.­30-31
  • 43.­49
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­311
  • 43.­331
  • 44.­1
  • 44.­3
  • 44.­21-24
  • 44.­27
  • 44.­29
  • 44.­38-39
  • 44.­68
  • 44.­80
  • 45.­2
  • 45.­13
  • 46.­2
  • 47.­1-2
  • 47.­27
  • 48.­1
  • 48.­5
  • 49.­1
  • 49.­6
  • 50.­5
  • 51.­4
  • 52.­5
  • 53.­2
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­41
  • 54.­1
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­6
  • 54.­14
  • 54.­70
  • 54.­72
  • 54.­197
  • 54.­201
  • 54.­208
  • 54.­322
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­328-329
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­353
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­378
  • 54.­381
  • 54.­383
  • 54.­387-391
  • 54.­395-397
  • 54.­406
  • 54.­420
  • 55.­1-3
  • 56.­1-2
  • 56.­5
  • 56.­29
  • 56.­43-47
  • 56.­65
  • 56.­67-68
  • n.­291
  • g.­547
  • g.­832
  • g.­920
  • g.­1161
  • g.­1216
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1230
  • g.­1262
  • g.­1295
  • g.­1300
  • g.­1301
  • g.­1308
  • g.­1310
  • g.­1367
  • g.­1470
g.­515

heshang

Wylie:
  • hwa shang
Tibetan:
  • ཧྭ་ཤང་།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

From the Chinese 和上 (heshang) derived from the Sanskrit upādhyāya, a senior, learned monk.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­6
g.­517

higher cognition

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijñā

The higher cognitions are usually listed as five or six. In this sūtra they are listed as five and ten. The five are clairvoyance, clairaudience, knowledge of the minds of others, remembrance of past lives, and the ability to perform miracles.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­6
  • 12.­1
  • 32.­1
  • 33.­7
  • 35.­12
  • 36.­11
  • 37.­9
  • 37.­122
  • 38.­7
  • 39.­56
  • 40.­13
  • 40.­153-154
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­80
  • 42.­5
  • 42.­30
  • 43.­243
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­40
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­17
  • 54.­42
  • 54.­144
  • 54.­146
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­301
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­345
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­356
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­405
  • 55.­3
  • 56.­58
  • n.­723
g.­520

Illuminating Light of the Realm of the Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings rab tu snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­prabha

An assembly hall of the bodhisattvas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­2
  • 43.­27-28
g.­522

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

The deity, also called Mahendra (“Lord of the Devas”), who dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. He is also known as Śakra (Tib. brgya byin, “Hundred Offerings”). Śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu (“one who has performed a hundred sacrifices”). The highest Vedic sacrifice was the horse-sacrifice ritual, and there is a tradition that Indra became the lord of the gods through performing them.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­46
  • 2.­53
  • 8.­12
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 32.­14
  • 44.­31
  • 54.­210
  • n.­705
  • n.­792
  • n.­1016
  • n.­2132
  • g.­36
  • g.­111
  • g.­258
  • g.­259
  • g.­279
  • g.­747
  • g.­973
  • g.­1333
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1402
  • g.­1415
  • g.­1533
g.­526

intermediate kalpa

Wylie:
  • bskal pa bar ma
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་བར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • antarakalpa

This kalpa is one cycle of the increase and decrease of the lifespan of beings. It is also called a “small kalpa.” It consists of four ages, or yugas.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­11
  • 39.­30
  • 40.­49
  • 40.­55
  • 56.­30
  • g.­127
  • g.­593
g.­532

Jagadindrarāja

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jagadindrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­535

Jain

Wylie:
  • zhags pa ’thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞགས་པ་འཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirgrantha
  • pāṣaṇḍa

A religious tradition derived from Śākyamuni’s elder contemporary Mahāvīra.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­106
  • 41.­60
  • 41.­78
  • 41.­109
  • g.­265
  • g.­441
  • g.­447
  • g.­808
  • g.­1152
  • g.­1153
  • g.­1329
  • g.­1334
g.­539

Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

Located in 57 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­9
  • 5.­8
  • 8.­35
  • 9.­2
  • 11.­14
  • 12.­23
  • 16.­28
  • 16.­32
  • 16.­34
  • 18.­15
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­16-17
  • 24.­11
  • 25.­7
  • 25.­12
  • 29.­6
  • 32.­15
  • 33.­12
  • 37.­39
  • 37.­74-75
  • 37.­81
  • 37.­118
  • 40.­53-55
  • 40.­71
  • 40.­155
  • 40.­162
  • 41.­45
  • 41.­84
  • 41.­136
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­62
  • 42.­86-87
  • 42.­93
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­240
  • 43.­248
  • 44.­39
  • 44.­44
  • 44.­59
  • 44.­67
  • 45.­7
  • 54.­222
  • 54.­244
  • 54.­253
  • 54.­269
  • 54.­351-352
  • 54.­377
  • 54.­382
  • 54.­413
  • g.­538
g.­545

Jayaprabha

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jayaprabha

Presumably a member of the royal dynasty in Kaliṅgavana. He is said to have donated the parkland that Bhikṣuṇī Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā dwells in. Also the name of a king in another world realm in the distant past.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­2
  • 41.­46-47
  • 41.­49-50
  • 41.­53-54
  • 41.­58
  • 41.­73
  • 41.­77-78
  • 41.­104
g.­548

Jeta

Wylie:
  • dze ta
Tibetan:
  • ཛེ་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • jeta

A short form of Jetavana, a park in Śrāvastī, the capital of Kosala, which had been owned by Prince Jeta. Anāthapiṇḍada bought it from him at a high price in order to offer it to the Buddha as a place to house the monks during the monsoon period, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. See also “Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 1.­74
  • g.­64
  • g.­549
  • g.­550
g.­549

Jetadhvaja

Wylie:
  • dze ta’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཛེ་ཏའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • jetadhvaja

An alternative name for Jetavana Park in Śrāvastī, the capital of Kosala, which had been owned by Prince Jeta. Anāthapiṇḍada bought it from him at a high price in order to offer it to the Buddha as a place to house the monks during the monsoon period, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. See also “Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • g.­550
g.­550

Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park

Wylie:
  • dze ta’i tshal skyabs myed pa la zas sbyin gyi kun dga’ ra ba
Tibetan:
  • ཛེ་ཏའི་ཚལ་སྐྱབས་མྱེད་པ་ལ་ཟས་སྦྱིན་གྱི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jetavanam anāthapiṇḍadasyārāmaḥ AO

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the first Buddhist monasteries, located in a park outside Śrāvastī, the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kośala in northern India. This park was originally owned by Prince Jeta, hence the name Jetavana, meaning Jeta’s grove. The wealthy merchant Anāthapiṇḍada, wishing to offer it to the Buddha, sought to buy it from him, but the prince, not wishing to sell, said he would only do so if Anāthapiṇḍada covered the entire property with gold coins. Anāthapiṇḍada agreed, and managed to cover all of the park except the entrance, hence the name Anāthapiṇḍadasyārāmaḥ, meaning Anāthapiṇḍada’s park. The place is usually referred to in the sūtras as “Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s park,” and according to the Saṃghabhedavastu the Buddha used Prince Jeta’s name in first place because that was Prince Jeta’s own unspoken wish while Anāthapiṇḍada was offering the park. Inspired by the occasion and the Buddha’s use of his name, Prince Jeta then offered the rest of the property and had an entrance gate built. The Buddha specifically instructed those who recite the sūtras to use Prince Jeta’s name in first place to commemorate the mutual effort of both benefactors.

Anāthapiṇḍada built residences for the monks, to house them during the monsoon season, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. It was one of the Buddha’s main residences, where he spent around nineteen rainy season retreats, and it was therefore the setting for many of the Buddha’s discourses and events. According to the travel accounts of Chinese monks, it was still in use as a Buddhist monastery in the early fifth century ᴄᴇ, but by the sixth century it had been reduced to ruins.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • i.­66
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­34-35
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­45-46
  • 1.­49
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­58
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­36-38
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­45-46
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­55
  • 3.­3
  • n.­256
  • g.­64
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
  • g.­1194
g.­551

jina

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jina

An epithet for a buddha meaning “victorious one.”

Located in 185 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­64-65
  • 1.­79
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­108
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­155
  • 1.­165-167
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­47
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­35
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­86
  • 30.­21
  • 34.­45
  • 34.­52
  • 34.­59
  • 35.­22
  • 35.­24-25
  • 35.­27-28
  • 35.­30
  • 36.­43
  • 36.­65-67
  • 36.­69-73
  • 36.­76-77
  • 36.­82-84
  • 36.­91-92
  • 36.­94
  • 36.­97
  • 36.­102-103
  • 36.­107-109
  • 36.­114-115
  • 36.­117-118
  • 36.­126-127
  • 36.­129-130
  • 36.­138
  • 37.­18
  • 37.­26
  • 37.­29-30
  • 37.­32-33
  • 37.­135-137
  • 37.­139-140
  • 37.­142-147
  • 37.­149
  • 37.­151-158
  • 39.­45
  • 39.­48-49
  • 39.­51
  • 39.­54-55
  • 39.­63
  • 40.­27
  • 40.­30
  • 40.­34
  • 40.­40
  • 40.­42
  • 40.­166-167
  • 41.­45
  • 41.­102
  • 41.­118
  • 41.­122
  • 41.­124-127
  • 41.­131
  • 42.­43
  • 42.­52
  • 42.­107-108
  • 42.­114
  • 42.­119
  • 42.­121
  • 42.­127
  • 42.­129
  • 43.­16
  • 43.­41
  • 43.­43-44
  • 43.­181
  • 43.­184
  • 43.­201
  • 43.­204
  • 43.­305
  • 43.­307
  • 43.­309
  • 43.­319
  • 43.­321
  • 43.­329
  • 44.­38
  • 54.­15-16
  • 54.­22
  • 54.­35
  • 54.­41
  • 54.­50-52
  • 54.­61
  • 54.­69
  • 54.­77
  • 54.­81
  • 54.­94
  • 54.­126
  • 54.­134
  • 54.­145
  • 54.­150
  • 56.­73-78
  • 56.­80
  • 56.­85
  • 56.­88
  • 56.­96-97
  • 56.­101-102
  • 56.­105
  • 56.­112-113
  • 56.­118
  • 56.­127
  • 56.­130
  • n.­144
  • n.­174
  • n.­185
  • n.­1377
  • n.­1401
  • n.­1821
  • n.­2211
  • n.­2223
  • g.­553
g.­552

Jinamitra

Wylie:
  • dzi na mi tra
Tibetan:
  • ཛི་ན་མི་ཏྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • jinamitra

Jinamitra was invited to Tibet during the reign of King Trisong Detsen (khri srong lde btsan, r. 742–98 ᴄᴇ) and was involved with the translation of nearly two hundred texts, continuing into the reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • c.­1
g.­556

Jñānabuddhi

Wylie:
  • ye shes ri bo’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རི་བོའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānabuddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­558

Jñānaketu (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • ye shes dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānaketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­569

Jñāna­saṃbhārodgata

Wylie:
  • ye shes rgya mtshos ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རྒྱ་མཚོས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­saṃbhārodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­572

Jñāna­śrī (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­śrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­576

Jñānāvabhāsa­tejas

Wylie:
  • ye shes snang ba’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྣང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānāvabhāsa­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­578

Jñāna­vajra­tejas

Wylie:
  • ye shes rdo rje’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རྡོ་རྗེའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­vajra­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­579

Jñānodgata

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­581

Jñānottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • shes pa dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­587

Jyotirarci­nayanā

Wylie:
  • snang ba ’od ’phro mig
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ་འོད་འཕྲོ་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • jyotirarci­nayanā

Refers to night goddess Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 35.­33
  • g.­836
g.­588

Jyotirdhvaja

Wylie:
  • skar ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotirdhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­589

Jyotiṣprabha (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • skar ma’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotiṣprabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­592

Kaliṅgavana

Wylie:
  • ka ling ga’i nags tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ལིང་གའི་ནགས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaliṅgavana

A town in South India.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 26.­10
  • 27.­1-2
  • g.­545
  • g.­1287
g.­593

kalpa

Wylie:
  • bskal pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpa

The Indian concept of a period of millions of years, sometimes equivalent to the time when a world appears, exists, and disappears. There are also the intermediate kalpas during the existence of a world, the longest of which is called asamkhyeya, (literally “incalculable,” even though the number of its years is calculated).

Located in 802 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­76
  • i.­87
  • i.­96
  • i.­98-99
  • i.­101-102
  • i.­104-110
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­119-120
  • 1.­141
  • 1.­148
  • 1.­150
  • 1.­161-162
  • 1.­165
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­52
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­88-89
  • 4.­20
  • 5.­9
  • 5.­17
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­20
  • 8.­32
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­41
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­48
  • 10.­59
  • 11.­14
  • 14.­11
  • 15.­13
  • 18.­14
  • 18.­19
  • 19.­11
  • 19.­14
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­18
  • 24.­1
  • 26.­3
  • 27.­53
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­10
  • 33.­8-9
  • 34.­44
  • 34.­65
  • 34.­68-69
  • 34.­72
  • 34.­85-86
  • 35.­30
  • 36.­3
  • 36.­14-15
  • 36.­17
  • 36.­32
  • 36.­43
  • 36.­49
  • 36.­55
  • 36.­71
  • 36.­86
  • 36.­90
  • 36.­95
  • 36.­101
  • 36.­106-107
  • 36.­112
  • 36.­117
  • 36.­120
  • 36.­124
  • 36.­142-143
  • 37.­1
  • 37.­31
  • 37.­35-36
  • 37.­52
  • 37.­83
  • 37.­85-87
  • 37.­98
  • 37.­105
  • 37.­109
  • 37.­116
  • 37.­125
  • 37.­133-134
  • 37.­157-159
  • 38.­49
  • 38.­53
  • 38.­65-66
  • 38.­76-77
  • 38.­81-82
  • 38.­89-90
  • 38.­95
  • 39.­25-28
  • 39.­31
  • 39.­36
  • 39.­39
  • 39.­47-48
  • 39.­55
  • 39.­65
  • 40.­17
  • 40.­26
  • 40.­43
  • 40.­45
  • 40.­47
  • 40.­49
  • 40.­88-89
  • 40.­120
  • 40.­170-171
  • 40.­176
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­11
  • 41.­19
  • 41.­24-25
  • 41.­28
  • 41.­30
  • 41.­33
  • 41.­38
  • 41.­40-42
  • 41.­74-76
  • 41.­78
  • 41.­89-98
  • 41.­101-102
  • 41.­115
  • 41.­117-118
  • 41.­120
  • 41.­122
  • 41.­131
  • 41.­136
  • 42.­18
  • 42.­33
  • 42.­39
  • 42.­41
  • 42.­54-55
  • 42.­67
  • 42.­91-92
  • 42.­97
  • 42.­106
  • 42.­108-109
  • 42.­116
  • 42.­129-130
  • 43.­2
  • 43.­17
  • 43.­23
  • 43.­44
  • 43.­50-61
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­139
  • 43.­174-175
  • 43.­180
  • 43.­184
  • 43.­193
  • 43.­195
  • 43.­258
  • 43.­279
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­285
  • 43.­295
  • 43.­297-298
  • 43.­301
  • 43.­314
  • 43.­316
  • 43.­319
  • 43.­326
  • 43.­330
  • 44.­62
  • 44.­64
  • 44.­67
  • 44.­69
  • 44.­73
  • 45.­3
  • 45.­5-10
  • 53.­19-20
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­10
  • 54.­32-34
  • 54.­36-38
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­50
  • 54.­52
  • 54.­54-55
  • 54.­59
  • 54.­62-64
  • 54.­67
  • 54.­151
  • 54.­161
  • 54.­169
  • 54.­175
  • 54.­207
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­225
  • 54.­227
  • 54.­255
  • 54.­260
  • 54.­265
  • 54.­267
  • 54.­285
  • 54.­312
  • 54.­316
  • 54.­329
  • 54.­349
  • 54.­357
  • 54.­359
  • 54.­378
  • 54.­389
  • 54.­411
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­6
  • 56.­30
  • 56.­32
  • 56.­42
  • 56.­48
  • 56.­54-57
  • 56.­59
  • 56.­62
  • 56.­69-71
  • 56.­82
  • 56.­93
  • 56.­96-97
  • 56.­100
  • 56.­103
  • 56.­111
  • 56.­115
  • 56.­118
  • c.­12
  • n.­248
  • n.­439
  • n.­512
  • n.­758
  • n.­958
  • n.­1389
  • n.­1409-1411
  • n.­1467
  • n.­1476
  • n.­1580
  • n.­1660
  • n.­1685
  • n.­1696
  • n.­1737
  • g.­2
  • g.­6
  • g.­10
  • g.­11
  • g.­12
  • g.­13
  • g.­14
  • g.­16
  • g.­17
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­26
  • g.­27
  • g.­33
  • g.­34
  • g.­35
  • g.­39
  • g.­40
  • g.­46
  • g.­47
  • g.­48
  • g.­55
  • g.­58
  • g.­60
  • g.­62
  • g.­65
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­71
  • g.­72
  • g.­73
  • g.­74
  • g.­75
  • g.­78
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­82
  • g.­83
  • g.­84
  • g.­85
  • g.­86
  • g.­88
  • g.­89
  • g.­90
  • g.­91
  • g.­92
  • g.­93
  • g.­95
  • g.­96
  • g.­97
  • g.­98
  • g.­99
  • g.­101
  • g.­102
  • g.­103
  • g.­104
  • g.­106
  • g.­114
  • g.­116
  • g.­117
  • g.­118
  • g.­119
  • g.­121
  • g.­127
  • g.­135
  • g.­145
  • g.­150
  • g.­151
  • g.­153
  • g.­154
  • g.­156
  • g.­158
  • g.­163
  • g.­168
  • g.­170
  • g.­174
  • g.­180
  • g.­185
  • g.­189
  • g.­193
  • g.­202
  • g.­207
  • g.­213
  • g.­214
  • g.­234
  • g.­236
  • g.­237
  • g.­243
  • g.­246
  • g.­247
  • g.­249
  • g.­258
  • g.­275
  • g.­278
  • g.­293
  • g.­297
  • g.­298
  • g.­300
  • g.­301
  • g.­302
  • g.­306
  • g.­310
  • g.­311
  • g.­317
  • g.­318
  • g.­319
  • g.­321
  • g.­327
  • g.­328
  • g.­336
  • g.­337
  • g.­339
  • g.­340
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­344
  • g.­345
  • g.­347
  • g.­348
  • g.­349
  • g.­350
  • g.­351
  • g.­352
  • g.­353
  • g.­355
  • g.­357
  • g.­359
  • g.­360
  • g.­361
  • g.­363
  • g.­365
  • g.­370
  • g.­371
  • g.­375
  • g.­378
  • g.­379
  • g.­380
  • g.­385
  • g.­386
  • g.­389
  • g.­391
  • g.­397
  • g.­399
  • g.­403
  • g.­404
  • g.­406
  • g.­408
  • g.­414
  • g.­415
  • g.­416
  • g.­417
  • g.­422
  • g.­425
  • g.­426
  • g.­427
  • g.­431
  • g.­435
  • g.­436
  • g.­451
  • g.­453
  • g.­454
  • g.­457
  • g.­460
  • g.­462
  • g.­468
  • g.­472
  • g.­473
  • g.­475
  • g.­483
  • g.­484
  • g.­485
  • g.­488
  • g.­489
  • g.­490
  • g.­491
  • g.­493
  • g.­494
  • g.­496
  • g.­497
  • g.­503
  • g.­505
  • g.­509
  • g.­510
  • g.­513
  • g.­516
  • g.­524
  • g.­526
  • g.­528
  • g.­529
  • g.­533
  • g.­534
  • g.­544
  • g.­557
  • g.­561
  • g.­565
  • g.­566
  • g.­567
  • g.­570
  • g.­571
  • g.­573
  • g.­574
  • g.­584
  • g.­595
  • g.­596
  • g.­597
  • g.­599
  • g.­608
  • g.­610
  • g.­613
  • g.­614
  • g.­621
  • g.­623
  • g.­625
  • g.­628
  • g.­629
  • g.­636
  • g.­644
  • g.­645
  • g.­648
  • g.­649
  • g.­656
  • g.­657
  • g.­669
  • g.­671
  • g.­672
  • g.­673
  • g.­677
  • g.­682
  • g.­685
  • g.­692
  • g.­693
  • g.­694
  • g.­695
  • g.­697
  • g.­699
  • g.­707
  • g.­711
  • g.­714
  • g.­725
  • g.­733
  • g.­739
  • g.­748
  • g.­757
  • g.­764
  • g.­768
  • g.­769
  • g.­770
  • g.­771
  • g.­773
  • g.­774
  • g.­776
  • g.­778
  • g.­786
  • g.­793
  • g.­794
  • g.­796
  • g.­797
  • g.­798
  • g.­799
  • g.­801
  • g.­803
  • g.­804
  • g.­805
  • g.­806
  • g.­819
  • g.­820
  • g.­821
  • g.­826
  • g.­827
  • g.­828
  • g.­829
  • g.­831
  • g.­833
  • g.­837
  • g.­840
  • g.­842
  • g.­844
  • g.­845
  • g.­852
  • g.­854
  • g.­860
  • g.­864
  • g.­866
  • g.­874
  • g.­886
  • g.­887
  • g.­888
  • g.­889
  • g.­890
  • g.­891
  • g.­899
  • g.­903
  • g.­911
  • g.­918
  • g.­919
  • g.­922
  • g.­925
  • g.­928
  • g.­929
  • g.­937
  • g.­939
  • g.­946
  • g.­951
  • g.­960
  • g.­968
  • g.­969
  • g.­972
  • g.­977
  • g.­978
  • g.­981
  • g.­987
  • g.­993
  • g.­994
  • g.­996
  • g.­999
  • g.­1001
  • g.­1006
  • g.­1011
  • g.­1012
  • g.­1013
  • g.­1017
  • g.­1019
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1025
  • g.­1026
  • g.­1027
  • g.­1028
  • g.­1037
  • g.­1039
  • g.­1041
  • g.­1043
  • g.­1044
  • g.­1052
  • g.­1069
  • g.­1071
  • g.­1073
  • g.­1074
  • g.­1077
  • g.­1079
  • g.­1084
  • g.­1091
  • g.­1093
  • g.­1095
  • g.­1099
  • g.­1101
  • g.­1103
  • g.­1110
  • g.­1122
  • g.­1125
  • g.­1129
  • g.­1131
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1150
  • g.­1159
  • g.­1162
  • g.­1170
  • g.­1172
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1174
  • g.­1178
  • g.­1180
  • g.­1182
  • g.­1184
  • g.­1195
  • g.­1197
  • g.­1198
  • g.­1206
  • g.­1210
  • g.­1218
  • g.­1221
  • g.­1222
  • g.­1224
  • g.­1228
  • g.­1247
  • g.­1252
  • g.­1256
  • g.­1261
  • g.­1268
  • g.­1271
  • g.­1275
  • g.­1276
  • g.­1277
  • g.­1290
  • g.­1291
  • g.­1293
  • g.­1299
  • g.­1304
  • g.­1305
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1313
  • g.­1320
  • g.­1323
  • g.­1335
  • g.­1343
  • g.­1346
  • g.­1350
  • g.­1352
  • g.­1354
  • g.­1358
  • g.­1364
  • g.­1365
  • g.­1366
  • g.­1369
  • g.­1370
  • g.­1371
  • g.­1373
  • g.­1374
  • g.­1382
  • g.­1395
  • g.­1400
  • g.­1403
  • g.­1405
  • g.­1406
  • g.­1407
  • g.­1409
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1423
  • g.­1424
  • g.­1426
  • g.­1427
  • g.­1429
  • g.­1433
  • g.­1434
  • g.­1438
  • g.­1439
  • g.­1441
  • g.­1443
  • g.­1444
  • g.­1445
  • g.­1450
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1452
  • g.­1453
  • g.­1455
  • g.­1456
  • g.­1457
  • g.­1458
  • g.­1459
  • g.­1460
  • g.­1461
  • g.­1462
  • g.­1464
  • g.­1469
  • g.­1471
  • g.­1474
  • g.­1478
  • g.­1492
  • g.­1493
  • g.­1494
  • g.­1495
  • g.­1497
  • g.­1498
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1506
  • g.­1512
  • g.­1515
  • g.­1516
  • g.­1519
  • g.­1520
  • g.­1523
  • g.­1524
  • g.­1525
  • g.­1527
  • g.­1529
  • g.­1539
  • g.­1540
  • g.­1541
  • g.­1542
g.­594

kalyāṇamitra

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • kalyāṇamitra

The Sanskrit can mean “good friend” or “beneficial friend.” The Tibetan can mean “virtuous friend” or “friend of virtue.” A title for a teacher of the spiritual path.

Located in 262 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­3
  • i.­6
  • i.­11
  • i.­15
  • i.­23
  • i.­68
  • i.­108-109
  • i.­113
  • i.­118
  • 1.­3
  • 3.­35
  • 3.­77-78
  • 3.­93-95
  • 4.­36
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­4
  • 6.­1
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­22
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­4-5
  • 8.­36
  • 9.­38-39
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­67
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­16
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­6-7
  • 12.­27
  • 13.­1
  • 14.­27
  • 15.­18
  • 16.­1-8
  • 17.­3
  • 17.­10
  • 17.­25
  • 18.­18
  • 19.­2
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­16-18
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­14
  • 22.­1-3
  • 22.­27
  • 22.­34
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­2
  • 24.­1
  • 25.­1-2
  • 30.­3-4
  • 31.­7-8
  • 32.­9
  • 34.­3
  • 34.­9-11
  • 34.­38
  • 34.­68
  • 34.­72
  • 35.­14
  • 36.­1-3
  • 36.­12
  • 36.­17
  • 36.­32
  • 37.­1
  • 37.­8
  • 37.­80
  • 37.­103
  • 37.­105
  • 38.­3-4
  • 38.­93
  • 39.­7
  • 40.­23
  • 40.­32
  • 40.­45
  • 40.­88
  • 40.­91-92
  • 40.­97-98
  • 41.­2-3
  • 41.­7
  • 41.­17
  • 42.­67
  • 43.­7
  • 43.­19
  • 43.­25
  • 43.­33-35
  • 43.­172
  • 44.­1
  • 44.­20
  • 44.­24-28
  • 44.­42
  • 47.­26
  • 48.­1-2
  • 48.­5
  • 53.­15
  • 53.­17-18
  • 53.­20-41
  • 54.­1-3
  • 54.­5
  • 54.­10
  • 54.­15
  • 54.­76
  • 54.­87-89
  • 54.­92-94
  • 54.­96
  • 54.­98
  • 54.­115
  • 54.­156
  • 54.­173
  • 54.­176-177
  • 54.­183-184
  • 54.­195-196
  • 54.­201
  • 54.­204-207
  • 54.­209
  • 54.­329
  • 54.­357
  • 54.­377
  • 54.­379-380
  • 54.­398
  • 54.­408-409
  • 54.­415-416
  • 54.­418-419
  • 55.­2
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­58
  • 56.­68
  • 56.­134-135
  • n.­400
  • n.­428
  • n.­430
  • n.­702
  • n.­755
  • n.­953
  • n.­955
  • n.­968
  • n.­1267
  • n.­1343-1344
  • n.­1434-1435
  • n.­1602
  • n.­1630
  • n.­1792-1793
  • n.­2016
  • n.­2178
  • g.­15
  • g.­38
  • g.­63
  • g.­181
  • g.­190
  • g.­486
  • g.­525
  • g.­546
  • g.­547
  • g.­652
  • g.­678
  • g.­698
  • g.­730
  • g.­733
  • g.­749
  • g.­750
  • g.­824
  • g.­898
  • g.­957
  • g.­961
  • g.­990
  • g.­1008
  • g.­1097
  • g.­1166
  • g.­1175
  • g.­1200
  • g.­1203
  • g.­1229
  • g.­1231
  • g.­1274
  • g.­1280
  • g.­1296
  • g.­1367
  • g.­1375
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1468
  • g.­1524
g.­604

Kapilavastu

Wylie:
  • ser skya’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • kapilavastu

The Buddha’s hometown. Also translated elsewhere as ser skya’i grong.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • i.­98-99
  • i.­107-108
  • i.­110-111
  • 33.­12
  • 34.­1-3
  • 42.­58
  • 42.­131
  • 43.­1
  • 44.­45
  • 45.­12
  • 46.­1
  • g.­144
  • g.­913
g.­616

Ketuśrī

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ketuśrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­617

Kevalaka

Wylie:
  • dag pa
Tibetan:
  • དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kevalaka

A region in Magadha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 47.­26
  • 48.­1
g.­619

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara
  • kiṃnara

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name‍—which means “is that human?”‍—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.

Located in 48 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­22
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­5
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­22
  • 14.­5
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­40
  • 34.­16
  • 36.­25
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­24
  • 38.­65
  • 41.­61
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • g.­423
g.­620

kleśa

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure and lead to unwholesome deeds of body, speech, and mind, acting as causes for continued existence in saṃsāra. Included among them are the primary afflictions of desire (rāga), anger (dveṣa), and ignorance (avidyā). It is said that there are eighty-four thousand of these negative mental qualities, for which the eighty-four thousand categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote.

Kleśa is also commonly translated as “negative emotions,” “disturbing emotions,” and so on. The Pāli kilesa, Middle Indic kileśa, and Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit kleśa all primarily mean “stain” or “defilement.” The translation “affliction” is a secondary development that derives from the more general (non-Buddhist) classical understanding of √kliś (“to harm,“ “to afflict”). Both meanings are noted by Buddhist commentators.

Located in 148 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­50-51
  • 3.­68
  • 8.­13
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­28
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­50
  • 10.­59-60
  • 10.­63
  • 10.­65
  • 11.­7
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­11
  • 12.­32
  • 13.­15
  • 18.­16
  • 19.­8
  • 19.­24
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­26
  • 22.­17-18
  • 22.­31-32
  • 22.­46
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­2
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­1
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­8
  • 27.­10
  • 30.­41
  • 32.­14
  • 34.­12
  • 34.­19
  • 34.­38
  • 34.­70
  • 34.­85
  • 35.­11
  • 35.­27
  • 36.­9
  • 36.­11
  • 36.­15
  • 36.­101
  • 36.­106
  • 36.­116
  • 36.­132
  • 37.­8
  • 38.­49
  • 38.­87
  • 39.­8
  • 39.­30-31
  • 39.­64
  • 40.­4
  • 40.­11
  • 40.­19
  • 40.­23
  • 40.­28
  • 40.­61
  • 40.­92
  • 40.­120
  • 41.­1
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­35
  • 41.­38
  • 41.­51
  • 41.­62
  • 41.­129
  • 41.­135
  • 42.­21
  • 42.­60
  • 43.­8
  • 43.­10
  • 43.­14
  • 43.­39
  • 43.­138
  • 43.­183
  • 43.­234
  • 44.­8
  • 44.­38
  • 47.­15
  • 53.­4
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­23-26
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­27-29
  • 54.­116
  • 54.­121
  • 54.­127-128
  • 54.­139
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­215
  • 54.­217
  • 54.­220-221
  • 54.­229
  • 54.­248-249
  • 54.­251
  • 54.­257
  • 54.­260
  • 54.­265
  • 54.­274
  • 54.­277-278
  • 54.­289
  • 54.­293
  • 54.­295-296
  • 54.­316-317
  • 54.­411
  • 56.­21-22
  • 56.­91
  • 56.­109
  • 56.­117
  • n.­264
  • n.­465
  • n.­699
  • n.­733
  • n.­1009
  • n.­1062
  • n.­1080
  • n.­1995
  • n.­2049
  • n.­2111
  • g.­442
  • g.­722
  • g.­967
g.­621

Krakucchanda

Wylie:
  • log par dad sel
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་པར་དད་སེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • krakucchanda

The first of the buddhas in this kalpa, with Śākyamuni as the fourth. Also listed as the fourth of the seven buddhas, with Śākyamuni as the seventh. The Tibetan translation in this sūtra and in others, such as the Kāraṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra (The Basket’s Display, Toh 116), means “elimination of incorrect faith.” This version is also found in the Mahāvyutpatti, whereas the later standard Tibetan translation is ’khor ba ’jig (“destruction of saṃsāra”). Krakucchanda is a Sanskritization of the Middle-Indic name Kakusaṃdha. Kaku may mean “summit,” and saṃdha is “inner meaning” or “hidden meaning.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­6
  • 38.­68
  • 38.­77
  • 41.­76
  • 44.­62
g.­624

kṣatriya

Wylie:
  • rgyal rigs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣatriya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ruling caste in the traditional four-caste hierarchy of India, associated with warriors, the aristocracy, and kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­8
  • 43.­235
  • g.­1190
g.­627

kumbhāṇḍa

Wylie:
  • grul bum
Tibetan:
  • གྲུལ་བུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhāṇḍa

Dwarf spirits said to have either large stomachs or huge pot-sized testicles.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­18
  • 26.­5
  • 36.­23
  • 40.­146
  • 41.­96
  • 44.­37
  • 56.­89
  • g.­1510
g.­630

Kusumadhvaja

Wylie:
  • me tog rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumadhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­632

Kusumaketu

Wylie:
  • me tog dpal
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumaketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­638

Kusumottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • me tog dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­639

kūṭāgāra

Wylie:
  • pho brang brtsegs pa
  • khang pa brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་བྲང་བརྩེགས་པ།
  • ཁང་པ་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭāgāra

Distinctive Indian assembly hall or temple with one ground-floor room and a high ornamental roof, sometimes a barrel shape with apses but more usually a tapering roof, tower, or spire, it contains at least one additional upper room within the structure. Kūṭāgāra literally means “upper chamber” and is short for kūṭāgāraśala, “hall with an upper chamber or chambers.” The Mahābodhi temple in Bodhgaya is an example of a kūṭāgāra.

Located in 100 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­66
  • i.­105
  • i.­107
  • i.­109
  • i.­118-119
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­7
  • 1.­10-11
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­20-22
  • 1.­24
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­32
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­56
  • 3.­1
  • 10.­3
  • 15.­8
  • 17.­23
  • 19.­22
  • 20.­23
  • 21.­7
  • 21.­9-10
  • 21.­12-13
  • 21.­31
  • 21.­37
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­6-7
  • 28.­6
  • 34.­3
  • 37.­38
  • 37.­51
  • 37.­95
  • 38.­52
  • 40.­1
  • 40.­79
  • 42.­3
  • 42.­59
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­96
  • 44.­30-31
  • 44.­53
  • 53.­14
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­6-7
  • 54.­70-71
  • 54.­321-329
  • 54.­331
  • 54.­333
  • 54.­335-342
  • 54.­344-346
  • 54.­349-351
  • 54.­372
  • 54.­376
  • 54.­379
  • 54.­381
  • 54.­396
  • 54.­414
  • n.­104
  • n.­1000
  • n.­1026
  • n.­1174
  • n.­2140
  • g.­312
  • g.­1223
  • g.­1398
g.­640

Kūṭāgāra

Wylie:
  • khang pa brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་པ་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭāgāra

A seaside town in South India.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­6
  • 25.­8
g.­646

Lakṣaṇa­śrī­parvata

Wylie:
  • mtshan gyi dpal ri bo
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་གྱི་དཔལ་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­śrī­parvata

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­91
g.­647

Lakṣaṇa­sumeru

Wylie:
  • mtshan nyid ri rab
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་ཉིད་རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­sumeru

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­93
g.­650

Laṅka

Wylie:
  • lang ka
Tibetan:
  • ལང་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • laṅka

The island presently called Sri Lanka, it was known as Ceylon while it was a British colony.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­18
  • 6.­1
  • g.­965
g.­651

level

Wylie:
  • sa
Tibetan:
  • ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūmi

See “bhūmi.”

Located in 93 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4-5
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­68
  • 2.­31
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­16-17
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­87
  • 4.­36
  • 5.­14
  • 7.­8
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­45
  • 10.­22-23
  • 11.­5
  • 15.­8
  • 16.­36
  • 17.­14
  • 18.­19
  • 22.­25-26
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­46-47
  • 22.­51
  • 24.­6
  • 25.­5
  • 26.­9
  • 28.­14
  • 32.­1
  • 34.­35
  • 34.­41
  • 34.­62
  • 35.­1-2
  • 36.­13
  • 36.­38-39
  • 37.­8
  • 37.­70
  • 38.­7
  • 38.­57
  • 38.­75-76
  • 39.­7
  • 39.­42
  • 40.­23
  • 40.­29
  • 40.­35
  • 40.­60
  • 40.­173
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­16
  • 41.­23
  • 41.­132
  • 42.­5
  • 42.­10
  • 42.­33
  • 42.­38
  • 42.­40
  • 43.­30
  • 43.­63-64
  • 43.­184
  • 43.­297
  • 44.­6
  • 44.­53
  • 44.­76
  • 45.­10
  • 47.­14
  • 53.­14
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­15
  • 54.­154
  • 54.­270-271
  • 54.­279
  • 54.­354
  • 54.­381
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­6
  • n.­352
  • n.­1524
  • n.­1965
  • n.­2193
g.­652

liberations

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa

This can include any method for liberation. There are numerous liberations described in this sūtra, each kalyāṇamitra having a specific liberation.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 4.­6
  • 8.­32
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­31
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­1
  • 21.­3
  • 22.­48
  • 22.­51
  • 32.­1
  • 34.­53
  • 35.­12
  • 36.­32
  • 38.­9
  • 40.­164
  • 40.­177
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­135
  • 43.­6
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­60
  • 43.­63
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­284
  • 43.­297-298
  • 43.­324
  • 44.­6
  • 44.­47
  • 50.­3
  • 53.­16
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­21
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­144
  • 54.­160
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­253
  • 54.­265
  • 54.­277
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­345
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­417
  • 54.­419
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­47
  • 56.­70
  • 56.­98
g.­655

Lokendra­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dbang po’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་པོའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • lokendra­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­659

lotus

Wylie:
  • pad mo
  • pad+mo
  • pad ma
  • pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • པད་མོ།
  • པདྨོ།
  • པད་མ།
  • པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • nalinī
  • padma

See “red lotus.”

Located in 125 passages in the translation:

  • i.­70
  • i.­102
  • i.­104-105
  • i.­109
  • 1.­10-11
  • 1.­13-14
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­20-24
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­32
  • 1.­73
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­36
  • 4.­33
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­9-10
  • 5.­14
  • 9.­11
  • 10.­4
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­10
  • 14.­6
  • 16.­5
  • 20.­4
  • 21.­14
  • 21.­43
  • 21.­52
  • 24.­11
  • 27.­3-4
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­10
  • 29.­20
  • 30.­4
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 34.­3
  • 34.­32
  • 36.­59
  • 37.­17
  • 37.­41
  • 37.­51-53
  • 37.­68
  • 37.­93
  • 37.­109
  • 37.­113
  • 37.­121-122
  • 37.­161
  • 39.­2
  • 39.­26
  • 40.­3
  • 40.­125
  • 40.­127
  • 40.­129-131
  • 40.­137
  • 40.­139
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­43
  • 41.­65
  • 42.­3
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­59
  • 42.­79
  • 42.­130
  • 43.­28
  • 43.­59
  • 43.­93
  • 43.­140
  • 43.­142
  • 43.­147
  • 43.­149
  • 43.­151
  • 43.­210
  • 43.­213
  • 43.­222
  • 43.­298
  • 44.­29-31
  • 44.­60
  • 53.­38
  • 54.­83
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­225
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­415
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­3
  • 56.­7
  • 56.­35-37
  • 56.­91
  • 56.­130
  • n.­364
  • n.­1254
  • n.­1465
  • n.­1617
  • n.­1665
  • n.­1820
  • n.­2122
  • n.­2188
  • g.­312
  • g.­440
  • g.­767
  • g.­943
  • g.­1140
g.­660

Lumbinī

Wylie:
  • lum bi ni
Tibetan:
  • ལུམ་བི་ནི།
Sanskrit:
  • lumbinī

The place where the Buddha Śākyamuni was born.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­106-107
  • 41.­136
  • 42.­1-5
  • 42.­42
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­58-59
  • 42.­61
  • 42.­63
  • 42.­66
  • 42.­68
  • 42.­70
  • 42.­72-76
  • 42.­78
  • 42.­81-82
  • 42.­85
  • 42.­91
  • 42.­99
  • 42.­106
  • 42.­132
  • 43.­1
  • g.­1296
g.­662

Magadha

Wylie:
  • ma ga dha
Tibetan:
  • མ་ག་དྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • magadha

The ancient kingdom in what is now southern Bihar, within which the Buddha attained enlightenment. During most of the life of the Buddha it was ruled by King Bimbisāra. During the Buddha’s later years it began to expand greatly under the reign of King Ajātaśatru, and in the third century, during the reign of Aśoka, it become an empire that controlled most of India.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97-98
  • i.­112
  • 32.­15
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­12
  • 34.­75
  • 47.­26
  • g.­617
  • g.­1194
  • g.­1430
g.­665

Mahābrahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābrahmā

The principal deity in the Brahmā paradises. Also called Brahmā.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­20
  • 10.­13-14
  • 22.­18
  • 23.­2
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­10
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­390
  • n.­1062
  • g.­205
  • g.­1106
g.­670

Mahā­karuṇānaya­megha­nigarjita­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • snying rje chen po’i tshul gyi sprin rab tu sgrog pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོའི་ཚུལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­karuṇānaya­megha­nigarjita­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­671

Mahā­karuṇā­siṃha

Wylie:
  • thugs rje chen po’i seng ge
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོའི་སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­karuṇā­siṃha

The third of five hundred buddhas in a future kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­75
g.­672

Mahākāruṇika

Wylie:
  • thugs rje chen po mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākāruṇika

The first of five hundred buddhas in a future kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­75
g.­674

Mahā­maitryudgata

Wylie:
  • byams pa chen pos ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ་ཆེན་པོས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maitryudgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­675

Mahāmati (the king)

Wylie:
  • blo gros chen po
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāmati

A king in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­91
g.­678

Mahāprabha

Wylie:
  • rgya chen po’i ’od
  • ’od chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོའི་འོད།
  • འོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāprabha

The name of one of the bodhisattvas in the Buddha Śākyamuni’s presence in Śrāvastī in chapter 1 (where it is translated as rgya chen po’i ’od), and the name of the king, one of Sudhana’s kalyāṇamitras, in chapter 22 (where it is translated as ’od chen po).

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85-86
  • 1.­1
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­12
  • 21.­15-16
  • 21.­21
  • 21.­23
  • 21.­35
  • 21.­37-43
  • 21.­45
  • 21.­53-54
  • 21.­57
  • 21.­61
  • 22.­1
  • n.­1026
g.­683

mahārāja

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahārāja

Literally means “great king.” In addition to referring to human kings, this is also the epithet for the four deities on the base of Mount Meru, each one the guardian of his direction: Vaiśravaṇa in the north, Dhṛtarāṣṭra in the east, Virūpākṣa in the west, and Virūḍhaka in the south.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­19
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­338
  • g.­251
  • g.­407
  • g.­1401
  • g.­1510
  • g.­1511
g.­688

Mahātejas

Wylie:
  • blo gros chen po’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་ཆེན་པོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahātejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­696

mahoraga

Wylie:
  • lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoraga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 14.­5
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 21.­54
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­40
  • 34.­16
  • 36.­25
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­25
  • 38.­65
  • 41.­61
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 44.­37
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • n.­1293
  • g.­191
  • g.­1253
g.­699

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

The bodhisattva who became Śākyamuni’s regent and is prophesied to be the next buddha, the fifth buddha in the Bhadra kalpa. In early Buddhism he appears as the human disciple sent to pay his respects by his teacher; the Buddha gives him the gift a of a robe and prophesies that he will be the next buddha, while his companion Ajita will be the next cakravartin. As a bodhisattva he has both these names.

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­5
  • i.­11
  • i.­13
  • i.­22-23
  • i.­41
  • i.­102
  • i.­118-119
  • 29.­9
  • 37.­111
  • 44.­62-64
  • 44.­66
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­16
  • 54.­15
  • 54.­69-72
  • 54.­189
  • 54.­191
  • 54.­193
  • 54.­197-198
  • 54.­201
  • 54.­208
  • 54.­322-323
  • 54.­329
  • 54.­331
  • 54.­333
  • 54.­335-336
  • 54.­338-342
  • 54.­344-345
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­377-379
  • 54.­383
  • 54.­389
  • 54.­395-398
  • 54.­400-401
  • 54.­404
  • 54.­407
  • 54.­420
  • n.­2155
  • g.­487
  • g.­641
  • g.­701
  • g.­1162
  • g.­1398
g.­709

Maṇiketu

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇiketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­718

Mañjuśrī

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­5
  • i.­13
  • i.­15
  • i.­22-23
  • i.­49
  • i.­67-68
  • i.­80
  • i.­93
  • i.­119-120
  • 1.­1
  • 2.­39
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­13
  • 30.­4
  • 34.­77
  • 54.­83
  • 54.­97
  • 54.­152
  • 54.­188
  • 54.­192
  • 54.­194
  • 54.­196
  • 54.­209
  • 54.­415-416
  • 54.­419
  • 56.­115
  • 56.­126
  • c.­6
  • n.­1254
  • n.­2041
  • n.­2231
  • g.­719
  • g.­1269
g.­719

Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal gzhon nur gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ་གཞོན་ནུར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrī kumāra­bhūta

See “Mañjuśrī.”

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­3-5
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­13-16
  • 3.­20-30
  • 3.­36-37
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­95
  • 8.­9
  • 15.­7
  • 28.­18
  • 36.­140
  • 44.­42
  • 54.­201
  • 54.­417
  • 54.­419
  • 55.­1-3
g.­720

Mañjuśrīkīrti

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal grags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrīkīrti

A disciple of Āryadeva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­7
g.­722

māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

The deities ruled over by Māra, who attempted to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment; they do not wish any being to escape from saṃsāra. Also, they are symbolic of the defects within a person that prevents enlightenment. These four personifications are devaputra māra (lha’i bu’i bdud) the “divine māra,” which is the distraction of pleasures; mṛtyumāra (’chi bdag gi bdud) the “māra of death”; skandhamāra (phung po’i bdud) the “māra of the aggregates,” which is the body; and kleśamāra (nyon mongs pa’i bdud) the “māra of the kleśas.”

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­17
  • 3.­42
  • 3.­49
  • 3.­68
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­12
  • 7.­9
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­37
  • 11.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­10
  • 14.­25
  • 17.­17
  • 24.­18
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­9
  • 28.­2
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­10
  • 36.­10
  • 36.­15
  • 40.­92
  • 43.­7
  • 43.­14
  • 44.­8
  • 44.­70-71
  • 44.­75
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­23
  • 53.­39
  • 54.­10
  • 54.­12-13
  • 54.­49
  • 54.­116
  • 54.­127
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­203
  • 54.­207
  • 54.­218
  • 54.­226
  • 54.­269
  • 54.­280
  • 54.­284
  • 54.­318
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­410-411
  • 56.­109
  • 56.­123
  • n.­516
  • n.­1235
  • n.­1997
  • g.­723
  • g.­1297
g.­723

Māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

The deity that attempted to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment, also one of the names of Kāma, the god of desire, in the Vedic tradition. Sometimes portrayed as the lord of the highest paradise in the desire realm, and the devas he rules are therefore all called “māras”; he does not wish any being to escape from that realm. He is also symbolic of the defects within a person that prevent enlightenment.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­29
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­22
  • 16.­31-34
  • 34.­34
  • 36.­11
  • 36.­15
  • 37.­88
  • 40.­23
  • 41.­51
  • 41.­74
  • 43.­7
  • 44.­34
  • 44.­38
  • 53.­24
  • 54.­26
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
  • 56.­91
  • 56.­124
  • g.­722
g.­724

Māra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa­svara

Wylie:
  • bdud kyi dkyil ’khor bcom zhing myed par byed pa’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་བཅོམ་ཞིང་མྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • māra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­727

Māyādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo sgyu ma
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyādevī

The queen who was the mother of Śākyamuni Buddha.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • i.­105
  • i.­108-109
  • 40.­159
  • 42.­58
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­62
  • 42.­64-65
  • 42.­67
  • 42.­69
  • 42.­71
  • 42.­73
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­79
  • 42.­83-84
  • 42.­94
  • 42.­100
  • 43.­255
  • 43.­298
  • 44.­1
  • 44.­21
  • 44.­32-34
  • 44.­38-40
  • 44.­42-43
  • 44.­68-69
  • 44.­80
g.­731

Megha­nirghoṣa­svara

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi dbyangs kyi sgra
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • megha­nirghoṣa­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­733

Meghaśrī

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • meghaśrī

In chapter 4, the kalyāṇamitra bhikṣu in South India. In chapter 36, the name of a buddha in the distant past. In chapter 44, this is the name of a future buddha in this kalpa. BHS verse: Meghaśiri.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68-69
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­1-3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­37
  • 36.­93
  • 44.­63
g.­736

Meru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • meru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­95
  • 3.­50
  • 10.­65
  • 12.­16
  • 34.­77
  • 37.­19
  • 38.­37
  • 39.­50
  • 54.­210
  • 56.­77
  • n.­2051
  • g.­111
  • g.­231
  • g.­270
  • g.­683
  • g.­1254
g.­738

Merudhvaja

Wylie:
  • ri rab rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • merudhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­745

methods of gathering pupils

Wylie:
  • bsdu ba’i dngos po
  • yongs su bsdu ba’i tshul
Tibetan:
  • བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་བསྡུ་བའི་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃgrahavastu

The four methods of attracting pupils are generosity, pleasant speech, beneficial conduct, and conduct that accords with the wishes of pupils.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­51
  • 2.­29
  • 3.­61
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­8
  • 21.­32
  • 22.­52
  • 23.­9
  • 25.­14
  • 32.­8
  • 40.­7
  • 40.­15
  • 40.­162
  • 43.­294
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­408
  • n.­454
g.­749

Muktaka

Wylie:
  • btang brjod
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་བརྗོད།
Sanskrit:
  • muktaka

A merchant, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 8.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­51
  • i.­72-73
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­3
  • 8.­9-10
  • 8.­17
  • 8.­36
  • 9.­1
  • g.­1377
  • g.­1380
g.­750

Muktāsāra

Wylie:
  • gces pa gtong ba
Tibetan:
  • གཅེས་པ་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • muktāsāra

A goldsmith, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 49.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­113-114
  • 48.­4
  • 49.­1
  • 49.­3
  • 49.­6
g.­751

Nābhigarbha

Wylie:
  • gtsug gi snying po
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་གི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nābhigarbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­752

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 1.­113
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22-23
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­4
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­17
  • 14.­5
  • 15.­2-3
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 21.­44
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­10
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­31
  • 30.­40
  • 33.­3
  • 36.­24
  • 36.­34
  • 36.­67
  • 37.­5
  • 37.­8
  • 37.­95
  • 37.­120
  • 38.­19
  • 38.­65
  • 41.­61
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 44.­53
  • 53.­30
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­109
  • 54.­172
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­231
  • 54.­236
  • 54.­248
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­389
  • 54.­402
  • 56.­30
  • 56.­89
  • n.­440
  • n.­954-955
  • n.­1093
  • n.­1180
  • g.­37
  • g.­69
  • g.­482
  • g.­703
  • g.­758
  • g.­809
  • g.­955
  • g.­1148
  • g.­1356
  • g.­1511
g.­753

Nāgārjuna

Wylie:
  • klu sgrub
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ་སྒྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgārjuna

The second- or third-century master whose teaching forms the basis of the Madhyamaka tradition.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • c.­5-7
  • g.­124
g.­754

Nāgendracūḍa

Wylie:
  • klu’i dbang po’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་དབང་པོའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgendracūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­756

Nālayu

Wylie:
  • chu ba gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བ་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nālayu

A place in the south of India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­75-76
  • 10.­66
  • 11.­1
g.­762

Nārāyaṇa

Wylie:
  • mthu bo che
Tibetan:
  • མཐུ་བོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • nārāyaṇa

An alternate name for Viṣṇu (khyab ’jug), which is also used for Brahmā and for Kṛṣṇa. The Sanskrit is variously interpreted as “the path of human beings” and “the son of man.” In Buddhist texts it is used for powerful beings such as Śakra. The usual Tibetan translation is sred med kyi bu, meaning “the son of Nāra,” with Nāra translated as “one without craving.” However, here it appears to be translated as mthu bo che (“great power”).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­1
  • 12.­32
  • 54.­311
  • n.­705
g.­766

Ngorchen Könchok Lhundrup

Wylie:
  • ngor chen dkon mchog lhun grub
Tibetan:
  • ངོར་ཆེན་དཀོན་མཆོག་ལྷུན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1497−1557). The tenth abbot of Ngor Monastery and a prominent master of the Sakya tradition who wrote a history of Buddhism.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­32
  • n.­2233-2234
g.­767

night lotus

Wylie:
  • ku mu ta
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་མུ་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumuda

Nymphaea pubescens. This night-blossoming water lily, which can be red, pink, or white, is not actually a lotus. It does not have the lotus’s distinctive pericarp. Nevertheless, it is commonly called the “night lotus.” It is also known as “hairy water lily,” because of the hairs on the stem and the underside of the leaves.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 21.­4
  • 21.­11
  • 22.­52
  • 27.­3
  • 28.­5
  • 43.­64
  • 54.­369
  • g.­943
g.­775

Nirmāṇarati

Wylie:
  • ’phrul dga’
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmāṇarati

“Delighting in Emanations.” The second highest paradise in the desire realm, so named because the devas there delight in emanations.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­14
  • g.­1264
g.­779

nirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvāṇa

The Sanskrit means “extinguishment,” for the causes for saṃsāra are “extinguished.” The Tibetan means “the transcendence of suffering.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • 1.­76
  • 2.­36
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­25
  • 5.­2
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­34
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­27
  • 12.­22
  • 13.­11
  • 13.­15
  • 19.­24
  • 22.­49
  • 27.­49
  • 29.­4
  • 36.­13
  • 39.­29
  • 39.­33
  • 40.­174
  • 41.­132
  • 42.­126
  • 44.­49
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­357
  • 56.­82
  • 56.­106
  • n.­123
  • n.­296
  • n.­1350
g.­784

Padma­garbha (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­garbha

A bodhisattva in the presence of Śākyamuni at Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­790

Padma­śrī­garbha

Wylie:
  • pad+mo dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • པདྨོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­śrī­garbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­800

Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

Wylie:
  • gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

“Ruling Others’ Emanations.” The highest paradise in the desire realm, so named because the inhabitants have power over the emanations of others. Also called Vaśavartin.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­46
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13-14
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­13
  • g.­942
  • g.­1436
  • g.­1437
g.­802

parinirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parinirvāṇa

The passing away of a buddha as the cessation of rebirth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 41.­84
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­260
  • 43.­303
g.­810

path of the ten bad actions

Wylie:
  • mi dge ba bcu’i las kyi lam
  • mi dge ba’i las kyi lam bcu
  • mi dge ba bcu’i lam
Tibetan:
  • མི་དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ།
  • མི་དགེ་བའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ་བཅུ།
  • མི་དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, uttering divisive talk, speaking harsh words, gossiping, covetousness, ill will, and wrong views.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­28
  • 21.­33
  • 40.­55
  • 41.­44
g.­811

perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāramitā

The six perfections of generosity, conduct, patience, diligence, dhyāna, and wisdom.

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­33
  • 1.­37
  • 2.­31
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­19
  • 4.­36
  • 8.­5
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­45
  • 14.­12
  • 14.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 17.­12
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­10
  • 32.­13
  • 34.­41
  • 35.­1
  • 35.­17
  • 36.­5
  • 36.­17
  • 36.­137
  • 37.­70
  • 38.­17
  • 40.­20
  • 41.­16
  • 41.­33
  • 42.­5
  • 42.­47
  • 42.­59
  • 43.­29
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­181
  • 43.­289
  • 43.­291
  • 53.­15-16
  • 53.­18-19
  • 53.­24
  • 53.­40
  • 54.­12
  • 54.­95
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­207
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­264
  • 54.­332
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­356
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­378
  • 54.­408
  • 56.­90
  • n.­2000
  • n.­2126
g.­815

Potalaka

Wylie:
  • gru ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • གྲུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • potalaka

A mountain in South India, presently known as Potikai, that was of great importance to both Tamil Buddhists and Śaivists (who saw it as the residence of Śiva, known as Lokeśvara). This is the first mention in a sūtra that has identified Avalokiteśvara with this mountain as his residence rather than the pure realm of Sukhāvatī. However, in this sūtra the verse appears to locate it in the ocean, while the prose appears to describe it on land. In Tibet and China, Potalaka was believed to be an island. In Tibet it is usually referred to by the shortened form Potala.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­10
  • i.­18
  • i.­95
  • 29.­19-20
  • 30.­1
  • g.­162
g.­818

Prabhāketu

Wylie:
  • ’od kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­823

Prabhāśrī

Wylie:
  • ’od kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāśrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­836

Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā

Wylie:
  • rab tu dga’ ba’i mig ’gro bar rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བའི་མིག་འགྲོ་བར་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā

A night goddess. Also called Jyotirarci­nayanā.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­100-101
  • 35.­19
  • 36.­1-4
  • 36.­17
  • 36.­32
  • 36.­34-35
  • 36.­41-42
  • 36.­53-54
  • 36.­145
  • 37.­1
  • 37.­4
  • n.­1435
  • g.­176
  • g.­587
g.­847

Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī

Wylie:
  • sgra rgya mtsho rab tu zhi ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī

A night goddess.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­102-103
  • 37.­112
  • 37.­161
  • 38.­1-2
  • 38.­4
  • 38.­47
  • 38.­79
  • 38.­92
  • 38.­103
  • 39.­1
  • g.­574
  • g.­866
  • g.­867
g.­848

Praśānta­svara

Wylie:
  • rab tu zhi ba’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśānta­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­850

pratyeka­buddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyeka­buddha
  • pratyekajina
  • pratyekasaṃbuddha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally, “buddha for oneself” or “solitary realizer.” Someone who, in his or her last life, attains awakening entirely through their own contemplation, without relying on a teacher. Unlike the awakening of a fully realized buddha (samyaksambuddha), the accomplishment of a pratyeka­buddha is not regarded as final or ultimate. They attain realization of the nature of dependent origination, the selflessness of the person, and a partial realization of the selflessness of phenomena, by observing the suchness of all that arises through interdependence. This is the result of progress in previous lives but, unlike a buddha, they do not have the necessary merit, compassion or motivation to teach others. They are named as “rhinoceros-like” (khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpa) for their preference for staying in solitude or as “congregators” (vargacārin) when their preference is to stay among peers.

Located in 76 passages in the translation:

  • i.­81
  • i.­108
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­58
  • 1.­67
  • 1.­116
  • 3.­17
  • 9.­14
  • 13.­15
  • 16.­28-29
  • 16.­37
  • 22.­32
  • 22.­44
  • 25.­5
  • 26.­6
  • 27.­9
  • 29.­14
  • 34.­5
  • 36.­13
  • 36.­28
  • 36.­38
  • 37.­8
  • 37.­29
  • 37.­35
  • 37.­70
  • 38.­7
  • 40.­23
  • 43.­30
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­63
  • 53.­10
  • 53.­23
  • 54.­5
  • 54.­12-13
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­222
  • 54.­228
  • 54.­241
  • 54.­243
  • 54.­245
  • 54.­250
  • 54.­253
  • 54.­255
  • 54.­262
  • 54.­264-267
  • 54.­270
  • 54.­275
  • 54.­277-279
  • 54.­282
  • 54.­289-290
  • 54.­292-293
  • 54.­305
  • 54.­311-313
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­357
  • 54.­361
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­377
  • 56.­80
  • n.­2210
  • g.­851
  • g.­1061
g.­852

Pravaraśrī

Wylie:
  • mchog gi dpal
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་གི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • pravaraśrī

In chapter 1 the name of a bodhisattva in the presence of Śākyamuni at Śrāvastī. In chapter 44 the name of one of the future buddhas in this kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 44.­63
g.­853

Pravarendra­rāja

Wylie:
  • mchog gi dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་གི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pravarendra­rāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­855

predisposition

Wylie:
  • bag chags
Tibetan:
  • བག་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsana

A tendency toward certain actions and thoughts as the result of a lasting impression on one’s being from previous lives.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 2.­54
  • 8.­1
  • 8.­13
  • 10.­63
  • 43.­12
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­268
  • n.­264
g.­856

preta

Wylie:
  • yi dwags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • 1.­46
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­44
  • 10.­13
  • 15.­8
  • 16.­37
  • 26.­5
  • 30.­33
  • 34.­68
  • 40.­102
  • 40.­111
  • 54.­336
  • 54.­361
  • 54.­384
  • n.­267
  • n.­414
  • n.­510
  • g.­433
  • g.­1331
  • g.­1536
g.­859

Puṇya­ketu

Wylie:
  • bsod nams dpal
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­ketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­861

Puṇya­parvata­tejas

Wylie:
  • bsod nams ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­parvata­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­870

Puṇya­sumerūdgata

Wylie:
  • bsod nams ri bos ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་རི་བོས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­sumerūdgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­872

Pūrva­praṇidhāna­saṃcodana­svara

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi smon lam yongs su bskul ba’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་སྨོན་ལམ་ཡོངས་སུ་བསྐུལ་བའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrva­praṇidhāna­saṃcodana­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­876

quintillion

Wylie:
  • bye ba khrag khrig brgya stong phrag
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་བ་ཁྲག་ཁྲིག་བརྒྱ་སྟོང་ཕྲག
Sanskrit:
  • koṭi­nayuta­śata­sahasra

Quintillion (a million million million) is here derived from the classical meaning of nayuta as a million. The Tibetan gives nayuta a value of a hundred thousand million, so that the entire number would mean a hundred thousand quintillion.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­150
  • 3.­23
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­10
  • 6.­19
  • 7.­18
  • 9.­17
  • 10.­13
  • 10.­22
  • 10.­32
  • 11.­14
  • 14.­11
  • 16.­24
  • 16.­28
  • 16.­32
  • 16.­34
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­24
  • 21.­46
  • 21.­56
  • 26.­6
  • 33.­3
  • 36.­56-57
  • 36.­76
  • 36.­120
  • 37.­37
  • 37.­39
  • 37.­43
  • 37.­50
  • 39.­26
  • 40.­79
  • 40.­85
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­19
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­94
  • 42.­105
  • 42.­129
  • 43.­102
  • 45.­6
  • 53.­39
  • 54.­161
  • 54.­207
  • 54.­378
  • 54.­389
  • 54.­417
  • 56.­59
  • n.­1381
g.­883

Ralpachen

Wylie:
  • ral pa can
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A king of Tibet, born circa 806, who reigned from 815 to 838. His formal name was Tritsuk Detsen (khri gtsug lde btsan).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • g.­552
  • g.­1281
g.­884

Rāmāvarānta

Wylie:
  • mi mo gya nom mchog
Tibetan:
  • མི་མོ་གྱ་ནོམ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • rāmāvarānta

A land in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68-69
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­1
g.­893

Rativyūhā

Wylie:
  • dga’ bas brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • rativyūhā

A royal capital in another world realm in the distant past.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 41.­43
  • 41.­46
  • 41.­59
  • 41.­84
  • 41.­103
g.­895

Ratnabuddhi

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i blo
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnabuddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­900

Ratnadhvaja

Wylie:
  • rin chen rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnadhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­902

Ratnagarbha

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnagarbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­906

Ratna­kusuma­megha

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i me tog gi sprin
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མེ་ཏོག་གི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­kusuma­megha

A bodhimaṇḍa in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­43
g.­914

Ratnanetra (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i myig
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • ratnanetra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­919

Ratnaprabha

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i ’od
  • rin chen ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འོད།
  • རིན་ཆེན་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaprabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī (translated as rin po che’i ’od), and also the name of the forty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past (translated as rin chen ’od).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 37.­143
g.­921

Ratnaprabhā

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i ’od
  • rin chen ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འོད།
  • རིན་ཆེན་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaprabhā

A world realm in the distant past. Also the name of a world realm in the distant future in which five hundred buddhas will appear.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 41.­40-41
  • 41.­75
  • 41.­89
  • 41.­101
g.­933

Ratnaśrī

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaśrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­938

Ratnatejas

Wylie:
  • rin chen gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnatejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­941

Ratnavyūha

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i rgyan
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnavyūha

A city in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 27.­54
  • 28.­1
  • g.­1442
g.­942

realm of desire

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmadhātu

The worlds where beings are reborn through their karma, from the hells up to the Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin paradise.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­46
  • 10.­63
  • 12.­26
  • 24.­18
  • 54.­231
  • 54.­415
  • n.­1062
  • g.­445
  • g.­1235
g.­943

red lotus

Wylie:
  • pad mo
  • pad+mo
  • pad ma
  • pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • པད་མོ།
  • པདྨོ།
  • པད་མ།
  • པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • nalinī
  • padma

Nelumbo nucifera. The true lotus that has a central pericarp, while the “night lotus” and the “blue lotus” are actually lilies. Padma or nalinī refers to the red variety of the lotus, while the white lotus is called puṇḍarīka.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 21.­4
  • 28.­5
  • 43.­64
  • 54.­369
  • g.­659
  • g.­1532
g.­944

retention

Wylie:
  • gzungs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī

According to context this term can also mean sentences or phrases for recitation that are said to hold the essence of a teaching or meaning. This term is also rendered in this translation as “dhāraṇī.”

Located in 60 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72-73
  • i.­104
  • 2.­36
  • 3.­59
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­73
  • 4.­7
  • 5.­14
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­20
  • 8.­1
  • 8.­9
  • 8.­14
  • 9.­49
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­29
  • 11.­13
  • 13.­14-15
  • 14.­19
  • 18.­7-8
  • 20.­31
  • 22.­2
  • 22.­25
  • 22.­30
  • 22.­46-47
  • 22.­51
  • 23.­8
  • 24.­2
  • 28.­1
  • 32.­1
  • 34.­35
  • 36.­130
  • 38.­75
  • 39.­12-13
  • 39.­32
  • 39.­34
  • 39.­41-42
  • 39.­56
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­80
  • 41.­97
  • 43.­60
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­22
  • 53.­40
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­348
  • 55.­3
  • n.­790-791
  • n.­1536
  • g.­287
g.­947

Roruka

Wylie:
  • ri dags gnas
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • roruka

A town in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­115
  • 50.­4
  • 51.­1
g.­949

Ṛṣabhendrarāja

Wylie:
  • khyu mchog gi dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱུ་མཆོག་གི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣabhendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­953

Rucira­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • mdzes pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • rucira­dhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­954

Saddharma­ghoṣāmbara­dīpa­rāja

Wylie:
  • dam chos dbyangs mchog sgron ma’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • དམ་ཆོས་དབྱངས་མཆོག་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • saddharma­ghoṣāmbara­dīpa­rāja

A buddha in the distant past, as rendered in verse. In prose he is called Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­pradīpa­rāja.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 41.­111
  • g.­303
g.­959

Sāgara­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­961

Sāgara­megha

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i sprin
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­megha

A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 5.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­69-70
  • 4.­35
  • 5.­2-3
  • 5.­19
g.­963

Sāgara­nigarjita­svara

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i ’brug gi sgra
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་འབྲུག་གི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­nigarjita­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­965

Sāgara­tīra

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i ngogs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ངོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­tīra

An area in the Laṅka region of South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­70
  • 5.­18
  • 6.­1
g.­966

sage

Wylie:
  • thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • muni

A title that, like buddha, is given to those who have attained realization through their own contemplation and not by divine revelation.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­84
  • 1.­152-153
  • 1.­159
  • 40.­32
  • 41.­102
  • 41.­115
  • 41.­121
  • 43.­198
  • 43.­302-303
  • n.­150
  • n.­1578
  • n.­1816
g.­970

Śailendra­rāja

Wylie:
  • ri’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śailendra­rāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­971

Śailendra­rāja­saṃghaṭṭana­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • ri dbang rgyal po ’thab pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • རི་དབང་རྒྱལ་པོ་འཐབ་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • śailendra­rāja­saṃghaṭṭana­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­973

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Also commonly known as Indra, he is the deity, called “lord of the devas,” who dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu: one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. The highest Vedic sacrifice was the horse sacrifice, and there is a tradition that he became the lord of the gods through performing them.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 3.­50
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­65
  • 12.­15
  • 14.­5
  • 16.­8
  • 21.­45
  • 27.­17
  • 30.­40
  • 36.­22
  • 40.­83
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­85
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­90
  • 54.­232
  • 54.­284
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • n.­543
  • g.­36
  • g.­111
  • g.­279
  • g.­522
  • g.­762
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1415
  • g.­1533
g.­979

samādhi

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.

In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.

Located in 255 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66-67
  • i.­74
  • i.­77
  • i.­86-88
  • i.­94
  • i.­102-103
  • i.­108-109
  • i.­113
  • i.­119
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­5-6
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­36
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­48-49
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­53-55
  • 1.­58
  • 1.­69
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­12-13
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­26-28
  • 2.­31-36
  • 2.­53-54
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­18-19
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­63
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­4
  • 7.­3
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­7
  • 8.­9-10
  • 8.­16-17
  • 8.­34
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­3
  • 9.­44-49
  • 9.­51-52
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­29
  • 11.­13
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­30
  • 13.­15
  • 14.­13-14
  • 14.­21
  • 15.­16
  • 18.­7-8
  • 18.­19
  • 20.­31
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­33-36
  • 21.­56-59
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­25-26
  • 22.­30
  • 22.­40
  • 22.­46-51
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­18
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­12
  • 25.­5
  • 26.­1-2
  • 27.­29-37
  • 27.­39
  • 27.­48
  • 28.­14
  • 29.­5-6
  • 29.­18
  • 30.­4
  • 30.­16
  • 32.­1
  • 33.­7
  • 34.­1
  • 34.­3
  • 34.­8
  • 34.­72
  • 34.­74
  • 35.­2
  • 35.­5
  • 35.­12
  • 36.­4
  • 36.­11-12
  • 36.­17
  • 36.­32
  • 36.­49
  • 36.­130
  • 37.­1
  • 37.­3
  • 37.­9
  • 37.­26
  • 37.­70
  • 37.­101-102
  • 38.­9
  • 38.­54
  • 38.­56-64
  • 38.­68-70
  • 38.­75
  • 39.­32
  • 39.­34
  • 39.­56
  • 40.­170
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­80
  • 41.­97
  • 41.­135
  • 42.­18
  • 42.­24
  • 42.­27
  • 42.­33
  • 42.­50
  • 42.­97
  • 43.­6
  • 43.­43
  • 43.­49-51
  • 43.­60
  • 43.­62-64
  • 43.­224-230
  • 43.­243
  • 43.­258
  • 43.­278
  • 43.­280
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­321
  • 43.­324
  • 44.­6
  • 44.­25-26
  • 44.­28
  • 44.­41-42
  • 48.­2
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­40
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­53
  • 54.­56
  • 54.­107
  • 54.­144
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­253
  • 54.­331
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­345-346
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­397
  • 55.­3
  • 56.­44
  • 56.­98
  • 56.­108
  • n.­234
  • n.­432
  • n.­1060
  • n.­1203
  • n.­1345
  • n.­1377
  • n.­1440
  • n.­1514
  • n.­1705
  • g.­146
  • g.­173
  • g.­434
  • g.­653
  • g.­1042
  • g.­1325
g.­982

Samanta­bhadra

Wylie:
  • kun tu bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­bhadra

Presently classed as one of the eight principal bodhisattvas, he is distinct from the primordial buddha with the same name in the Tibetan Nyingma tradition. He is prominent in the Gaṇḍa­vyūha, and also in The White Lotus of the Good Dharma (Toh 113, Saddharma­puṇḍarīka) and The White Lotus of Compassion Sūtra (Toh 111, Mahā­karuṇā­puṇḍarīka­sūtra).

Located in 72 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­5-6
  • i.­13
  • i.­22
  • i.­64
  • i.­67
  • i.­102
  • i.­104
  • i.­121
  • 1.­1
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­13
  • 2.­44
  • 36.­140
  • 37.­73
  • 37.­75-76
  • 37.­78-79
  • 37.­98-99
  • 37.­109-110
  • 37.­113
  • 39.­33
  • 56.­1-6
  • 56.­26-27
  • 56.­29-30
  • 56.­32
  • 56.­34-37
  • 56.­41-48
  • 56.­65
  • 56.­67-71
  • 56.­113
  • 56.­121
  • 56.­126
  • n.­62
  • n.­187
  • n.­259
  • n.­286
  • n.­1427
  • n.­1473
  • n.­1491
  • n.­1631
  • n.­2185
  • n.­2191
  • n.­2193
  • n.­2196
  • n.­2229
  • n.­2231
g.­985

Samanta­darśana­netra

Wylie:
  • kun nas lta ba’i myig
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ལྟ་བའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­darśana­netra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­986

Samanta­dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings nam mkha’ kun nas snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནམ་མཁའ་ཀུན་ནས་སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­990

Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā

Wylie:
  • kun tu zab pa’i dpal dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཟབ་པའི་དཔལ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā

A night goddess at the bodhimaṇḍa, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 35.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99-100
  • 34.­75
  • 35.­1
  • 35.­20
  • 35.­34
g.­1010

Samanta­prabha­śrī­tejas

Wylie:
  • kun nas ’od dpal gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་འོད་དཔལ་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­prabha­śrī­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1018

Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī

Wylie:
  • sems can kun tu skyong ba’i gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྐྱོང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī

A night goddess.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­101-102
  • 36.­144
  • 37.­1-2
  • 37.­4
  • 37.­6
  • 37.­11-14
  • 37.­34-35
  • 37.­130
  • 37.­162
  • 38.­1
  • n.­1434
  • n.­1438
g.­1022

Samanta­śrī­tejas

Wylie:
  • kun nas dpal gyi gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་དཔལ་གྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­śrī­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1029

Samantāvabhāsa­ketu

Wylie:
  • kun nas snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvabhāsa­ketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1032

Samantāvabhāsodgata

Wylie:
  • kun tu snang bas ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvabhāsodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1034

Samanta­vairocana­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • kun nas rnam par snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­vairocana­mukuṭa

 A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1036

Samantāvaloka­buddhi

Wylie:
  • kun tu snang ba’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvaloka­buddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. 

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1042

samāpatti

Wylie:
  • snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāpatti

One of the synonyms for the meditative state. The Tibetan translation interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which brings in the idea of “equal,” or “level,” whereas it may be intended as sam-āpatti, with a meaning similar to “samādhi” or “concentration,” but also to “completion.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­11
  • 43.­6
  • 43.­60
  • 44.­6
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­391
  • g.­1325
g.­1055

Saṃtuṣita

Wylie:
  • rab dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • རབ་དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃtuṣita

The principal deity in the paradise of Tuṣita. Also translated as yongs su dga’ ldan.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­13
  • 12.­13
  • 21.­45
  • 27.­15
  • 36.­21
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­86
  • 44.­35
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
g.­1056

Samudgataśrī

Wylie:
  • kun tu ’phags pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འཕགས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudgataśrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1060

Saṃvṛtaskandha

Wylie:
  • phung po yongs su grub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་ཡོངས་སུ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃvṛtaskandha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­92
g.­1061

samyak­saṃbuddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃbuddha

“A perfect buddha.” A buddha who teaches the Dharma, as opposed to a pratyeka­buddha, who does not teach.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­18-28
  • 10.­24
  • 18.­14
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­32
  • 28.­15
  • 33.­10
  • 34.­70
  • 36.­142
  • 37.­78
  • 40.­10
  • 40.­158
  • 41.­42-43
  • 41.­62
  • 41.­71
  • 42.­92
  • 43.­114
  • 43.­220
  • 43.­232
  • 43.­278
  • 44.­64
  • 44.­75
  • 45.­10
  • 54.­318
  • 56.­7
g.­1070

Śāntendrarāja

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāntendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. 

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1072

Śānti­prabha

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti­prabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1075

Sarasvatī

Wylie:
  • dbyangs dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarasvatī

The Indian goddess of eloquence and music. Also translated elsewhere as dbyangs can.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­20
  • 8.­1
g.­1076

Sarasvati­saṃgīti

Wylie:
  • glu snyan pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • གླུ་སྙན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarasvati­saṃgīti

A palace in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­47
g.­1082

Sarva­buddha­nirmāṇa­pratibhāsa­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas thams cad kyi sprul pa snang ba’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྤྲུལ་པ་སྣང་བའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­buddha­nirmāṇa­pratibhāsa­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1083

Sarva­buddha­saṃbhūta­garbha­maṇi­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas thams cad yang dag par ’byung ba’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­buddha­saṃbhūta­garbha­maṇi­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1085

Sarva­dharma­dhātu­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­dhātu­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1086

Sarva­dharma­dhātu­spharaṇa­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings kun tu rgyas pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­dhātu­spharaṇa­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1088

Sarva­dharma­nigarjita­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i rgyal po
  • chos thams cad kyi ’brug sgra bsgrags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འབྲུག་སྒྲ་བསྒྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­nigarjita­rāja

This is a buddha in the distant past in chapter 34, where the name is translated as chos thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i rgyal po, and a buddha in the distant past in chapter 41, where the name is translated as chos thams cad kyi ’brug sgra bsgrags pa’i rgyal po.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 34.­65
  • 41.­87
g.­1103

Sarva­jagad­dhita­praṇidhāna­candra

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba thams cad la phan pa’i smon lam zla ba
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཕན་པའི་སྨོན་ལམ་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jagad­dhita­praṇidhāna­candra

The second of five hundred buddhas in a kalpa in the distant future.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­75
g.­1104

Sarva­jagad­duḥkha­praśāntyāśvāsana­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba thams cad sdug bsngal rab tu zhi bar bya ba’i dbugs ’byin pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྡུག་བསྔལ་རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བར་བྱ་བའི་དབུགས་འབྱིན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jagad­duḥkha­praśāntyāśvāsana­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1105

Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba thams cad bsrung ba’i smon lam la brtson pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་བསྲུང་བའི་སྨོན་ལམ་ལ་བརྩོན་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā

A night goddess at the bodhimaṇḍa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­105-106
  • 40.­178
  • 41.­1-2
  • 41.­4
  • 41.­6-8
  • 41.­20-21
  • 41.­99
  • 41.­137
  • 42.­1
  • n.­1630
g.­1107

Sarvākāśa­talāsaṃbheda­vijñapti­maṇi­ratna­vibhūṣita­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i dbyings thams cad tha myi dad par rnam par dmyigs pa’i rin chen rgyal pos brgyan pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་དབྱིངས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཐ་མྱི་དད་པར་རྣམ་པར་དམྱིགས་པའི་རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་པོས་བརྒྱན་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvākāśa­talāsaṃbheda­vijñapti­maṇi­ratna­vibhūṣita­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1109

Sarva­loka­dhātūdgata­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten thams cad las mngon par ’phags pa’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­loka­dhātūdgata­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1110

Sarva­loka­hitaiṣin

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten thams cad la phan par mdzad pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཕན་པར་མཛད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­loka­hitaiṣin

The fourth of five hundred buddhas in a kalpa in the distant future.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­75
g.­1112

Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­pramardaṇa­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • bdud kyi dkyil ’khor thams cad rab tu ’dul ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་འདུལ་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­māra­maṇḍala­pramardaṇa­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1115

Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī

Wylie:
  • grong khyer thams cad bsrung ba ’byung ba’i gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར་ཐམས་ཅད་བསྲུང་བ་འབྱུང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī

A night goddess in Bodhgaya.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­103-104
  • 38.­91
  • 39.­1-3
  • 39.­5
  • 39.­44
  • 39.­57
  • 39.­68
  • g.­304
g.­1116

Sarva­praṇidhāna­sāgara­nirghoṣa­maṇi­rāja­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • smon lam rgya mtsho thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i rin chen rgyal po’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་ལམ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་པོའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­praṇidhāna­sāgara­nirghoṣa­maṇi­rāja­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1127

Sarva­sattva­kuśala­mūla­nigarjita­svara

Wylie:
  • sems can kun gyi dge ba’i rtsa ba rab tu sgrog pa’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་ཀུན་གྱི་དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­sattva­kuśala­mūla­nigarjita­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. 

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1132

Sarva­tathāgata­dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi chos kyi ’khor lo sgrog pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་སྒྲོག་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1133

Sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­pramuñcana­maṇi­ratna­nigarjita­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi ’od kyi dkyil ’khor rab tu ’gyed pa’i nor bu rin chen ’brug sgra’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རབ་ཏུ་འགྱེད་པའི་ནོར་བུ་རིན་ཆེན་འབྲུག་སྒྲའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­pramuñcana­maṇi­ratna­nigarjita­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1136

Sarva­tathāgata­siṃhāsana­saṃpratiṣṭhita­maṇi­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi seng ge’i khri ’dzin pa’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སེང་གེའི་ཁྲི་འཛིན་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­siṃhāsana­saṃpratiṣṭhita­maṇi­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1137

Sarva­tathāgata­vikurvita­pratibhāsa­dhvaja­maṇi­rāja­jāla­saṃchādita­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad rnam par ’phrul pa snang ba’i rgyal mtshan dang rin po che’i rgyal po’i dra bas kun nas yog pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཕྲུལ་པ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དང་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྒྱལ་པོའི་དྲ་བས་ཀུན་ནས་ཡོག་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­vikurvita­pratibhāsa­dhvaja­maṇi­rāja­jāla­saṃchādita­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1139

Sarva­tryadhva­nāma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • dus gsum gyi mying thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ་གྱི་མྱིང་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tryadhva­nāma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1144

Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā

Wylie:
  • shing thams cad kyi me tog rgyas par bde bar gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱས་པར་བདེ་བར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā

A goddess of the night at the bodhimaṇḍa.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­104-105
  • 39.­43
  • 40.­1-3
  • 40.­25
  • 40.­158
  • 40.­165
  • 40.­179
g.­1151

Sattvottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • brtan pa dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • བརྟན་པ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sattvottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1152

Satyaka

Wylie:
  • bden pa can
Tibetan:
  • བདེན་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • satyaka

A Jain who features prominently in the sūtra The Range of the Bodhisattva (Toh 146, Satyaka Sūtra). The Buddha states that he is a bodhisattva who takes on various forms to aid beings. Also translated elsewhere as bden pa po and bden par smra ba. The latter term is reconstructed into Sanskrit as Satyavādin by Lozang Jamspal in his translation of the Satyaka Sūtra.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­106
  • 41.­77-78
g.­1158

signs (of a great being)

Wylie:
  • mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa

The thirty-two primary physical characteristics of a “great being,” mahāpuruṣa, which every buddha and cakravartin possesses. See 43.­66 for a complete list according to this sūtra.

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­27
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­127
  • 3.­7
  • 5.­10
  • 9.­31
  • 11.­12
  • 14.­3
  • 17.­17
  • 17.­20
  • 19.­11
  • 20.­5
  • 21.­15
  • 22.­29-30
  • 22.­32
  • 30.­7
  • 34.­49
  • 34.­77
  • 35.­2
  • 35.­22
  • 35.­24
  • 36.­52
  • 36.­58
  • 36.­73
  • 37.­2
  • 37.­13
  • 37.­15
  • 37.­22
  • 37.­41
  • 37.­67
  • 38.­10
  • 38.­15-16
  • 39.­50
  • 40.­81
  • 40.­141
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­47
  • 41.­62
  • 41.­104
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­112
  • 43.­5
  • 43.­66
  • 43.­99
  • 43.­113
  • 43.­122
  • 43.­126
  • 43.­128
  • 43.­155
  • 43.­199
  • 43.­306
  • 43.­312
  • 54.­370
  • 54.­374
  • 56.­3
  • 56.­32
  • 56.­34
  • 56.­66
  • n.­477
  • n.­1447
  • g.­1156
  • g.­1361
  • g.­1363
g.­1160

Śikṣānanda

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣānanda

652−710 ᴄᴇ. He went from Khotan to China, where he translated the Avataṃsaka Sūtra. The Tibetan should be bslab pa dga’ ba but translates only the nanda half of the name.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­18-19
  • i.­36
  • i.­56
  • c.­5
  • n.­38
  • n.­537
  • n.­1380
g.­1161

Śilpābhijña

Wylie:
  • bzo mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོ་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śilpābhijña

A head merchant’s son.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­111-112
  • 46.­2
  • 47.­1-2
  • 47.­27
g.­1166

Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā

Wylie:
  • seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vijṛmbhitā

A bhikṣuṇī, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 27.

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91-92
  • 26.­10
  • 27.­1-2
  • 27.­8-44
  • 27.­55
  • n.­1199
  • g.­545
g.­1169

Siṃha­vikrānta­gāmin

Wylie:
  • seng ge rnam par gnon pas bzhud pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པས་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vikrānta­gāmin

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­94
g.­1175

Śivarāgra

Wylie:
  • zhi ’dzin mchog
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་འཛིན་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • śivarāgra

A brahmin, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 52.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­116-117
  • 51.­3
  • 52.­1-2
  • 52.­5
g.­1179

Smṛtimat

Wylie:
  • dran pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛtimat

A deva in Trāyastriṃśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­79
  • 45.­1
g.­1188

soul

Wylie:
  • srog
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 34.­34
g.­1190

śramaṇa

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

A renunciate who lives his life as a mendicant. In Buddhist contexts the term usually refers to a Buddhist monk, although it can also designate a renunciant practitioner from other spiritual traditions. The epithet Great Śramaṇa is often applied the Buddha.

The common phrase “śramaṇas and brahmins” sometimes refers to Buddhist practitioners but can also mean any religious practitioners, the brahmins being the settled hereditary priestly caste following the ancient Vedic practices while the śramaṇas are the itinerant followers (often of kṣatriya caste) of the newer, non-Vedic spiritual trends.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­56
  • 31.­6
  • 34.­34
  • 54.­410
  • c.­15
g.­1191

Śramaṇa­maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong gi dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་གི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa­maṇḍala

A land in South India.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­26
  • 15.­2
g.­1192

śrāvaka

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit term śrāvaka, and the Tibetan nyan thos, both derived from the verb “to hear,” are usually defined as “those who hear the teaching from the Buddha and make it heard to others.” Primarily this refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of an arhat seeking their own liberation and nirvāṇa. They are the practitioners of the first turning of the wheel of the Dharma on the four noble truths, who realize the suffering inherent in saṃsāra and focus on understanding that there is no independent self. By conquering afflicted mental states (kleśa), they liberate themselves, attaining first the stage of stream enterers at the path of seeing, followed by the stage of once-returners who will be reborn only one more time, and then the stage of non-returners who will no longer be reborn into the desire realm. The final goal is to become an arhat. These four stages are also known as the “four results of spiritual practice.”

Located in 98 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • i.­81
  • 1.­2-3
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­35
  • 1.­39-42
  • 1.­45-46
  • 1.­48-49
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­53-58
  • 1.­67
  • 1.­115
  • 3.­17
  • 9.­14
  • 13.­15
  • 16.­28-29
  • 16.­37
  • 18.­14-15
  • 22.­32
  • 22.­44
  • 25.­5
  • 26.­6
  • 27.­9
  • 29.­14
  • 34.­5
  • 34.­47
  • 34.­66
  • 36.­13
  • 36.­28
  • 36.­38
  • 37.­8
  • 37.­29
  • 37.­35
  • 37.­70
  • 38.­7
  • 40.­23
  • 43.­30
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­63
  • 53.­10
  • 53.­23
  • 54.­5
  • 54.­12-13
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­222
  • 54.­228
  • 54.­241
  • 54.­243
  • 54.­245
  • 54.­250
  • 54.­253
  • 54.­255
  • 54.­262
  • 54.­264-267
  • 54.­270
  • 54.­275
  • 54.­277-279
  • 54.­282
  • 54.­289-293
  • 54.­305
  • 54.­311-313
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­357
  • 54.­361
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­377
  • g.­120
  • g.­577
  • g.­761
  • g.­945
  • g.­1193
g.­1193

Śrāvakayāna

Wylie:
  • nyan thos kyi theg pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས་ཀྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvakayāna

The way or vehicle of the śrāvaka.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­42
  • 15.­8
  • 23.­7
  • 27.­27
  • 34.­12
  • 54.­348
  • g.­166
  • g.­434
  • g.­729
g.­1194

Śrāvastī

Wylie:
  • mnyan du yod pa
Tibetan:
  • མཉན་དུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvastī

Śrāvastī (Pali: Sāvatthi) was the capital of the kingdom of Kosala in the Ganges plains to the west of Magadha and was incorporated into Magadha in the fourth century ʙᴄᴇ. The area is now the Awadh or Oudh region of Uttar Pradesh. The Buddha Śākyamuni spent twenty-four monsoon retreats there at Jetavana. Also translated as mnyan yod.

Located in 160 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­5
  • i.­66
  • 1.­1
  • g.­5
  • g.­18
  • g.­52
  • g.­64
  • g.­130
  • g.­132
  • g.­137
  • g.­140
  • g.­141
  • g.­161
  • g.­198
  • g.­200
  • g.­201
  • g.­208
  • g.­211
  • g.­217
  • g.­218
  • g.­244
  • g.­248
  • g.­264
  • g.­273
  • g.­274
  • g.­282
  • g.­288
  • g.­289
  • g.­290
  • g.­320
  • g.­326
  • g.­343
  • g.­364
  • g.­383
  • g.­390
  • g.­392
  • g.­393
  • g.­396
  • g.­399
  • g.­412
  • g.­448
  • g.­450
  • g.­455
  • g.­456
  • g.­459
  • g.­478
  • g.­498
  • g.­511
  • g.­532
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
  • g.­550
  • g.­556
  • g.­558
  • g.­569
  • g.­572
  • g.­576
  • g.­578
  • g.­579
  • g.­581
  • g.­588
  • g.­589
  • g.­616
  • g.­630
  • g.­632
  • g.­638
  • g.­655
  • g.­670
  • g.­674
  • g.­678
  • g.­688
  • g.­709
  • g.­724
  • g.­731
  • g.­738
  • g.­751
  • g.­754
  • g.­761
  • g.­784
  • g.­790
  • g.­818
  • g.­823
  • g.­848
  • g.­852
  • g.­853
  • g.­859
  • g.­861
  • g.­870
  • g.­872
  • g.­895
  • g.­900
  • g.­902
  • g.­914
  • g.­919
  • g.­933
  • g.­938
  • g.­949
  • g.­953
  • g.­959
  • g.­963
  • g.­970
  • g.­971
  • g.­985
  • g.­986
  • g.­1010
  • g.­1022
  • g.­1029
  • g.­1032
  • g.­1034
  • g.­1036
  • g.­1056
  • g.­1070
  • g.­1072
  • g.­1082
  • g.­1083
  • g.­1085
  • g.­1086
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1107
  • g.­1109
  • g.­1112
  • g.­1116
  • g.­1127
  • g.­1132
  • g.­1133
  • g.­1136
  • g.­1137
  • g.­1139
  • g.­1151
  • g.­1260
  • g.­1282
  • g.­1283
  • g.­1286
  • g.­1292
  • g.­1303
  • g.­1319
  • g.­1347
  • g.­1368
  • g.­1378
  • g.­1380
  • g.­1391
  • g.­1399
  • g.­1412
  • g.­1425
  • g.­1475
  • g.­1479
  • g.­1481
  • g.­1483
  • g.­1484
  • g.­1487
  • g.­1488
  • g.­1504
  • g.­1505
  • g.­1507
  • g.­1513
  • g.­1514
  • g.­1517
  • g.­1521
  • g.­1544
g.­1200

Śrīmati

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi blo gros ma
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་བློ་གྲོས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīmati

A girl, one of the two kalyāṇamitras in Chapter 53.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­117-118
  • 52.­4
  • 53.­1-2
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­41
g.­1203

Śrīsaṃbhava

Wylie:
  • dpal ’byung
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīsaṃbhava

A boy, one of the two kalyāṇamitras in Chapter 53.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­117-118
  • 52.­4
  • 53.­1-2
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­41
g.­1209

Śroṇāparānta

Wylie:
  • shu ma phyi ma’i mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཤུ་མ་ཕྱི་མའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • śroṇāparānta

A region in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 26.­10
  • 27.­1
g.­1212

Sthāvarā

Wylie:
  • brtan ma
Tibetan:
  • བརྟན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthāvarā

An earth goddess at the bodhimaṇḍa.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97-98
  • 32.­15
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­4-6
  • 33.­13
  • 34.­1
g.­1215

strengths

Wylie:
  • stobs
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • bala

See “ten strengths.”

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 2.­31
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­7
  • 9.­48
  • 11.­12
  • 13.­15
  • 14.­13
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­36
  • 22.­32
  • 34.­47
  • 36.­14
  • 36.­50
  • 36.­131
  • 37.­46
  • 38.­49
  • 39.­7
  • 40.­32
  • 41.­71
  • 41.­80
  • 42.­9
  • 42.­29-31
  • 42.­49
  • 42.­52
  • 43.­29
  • 43.­60
  • 44.­38
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­348
  • 56.­1
  • n.­487
  • n.­1422
  • n.­1526
  • g.­1325
g.­1220

Śubhapāraṃgama

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śubhapāraṃgama

A town in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­94
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­1
g.­1229

Sucandra

Wylie:
  • zla ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sucandra

A householder, the kalyāṇamitra in chapter 50.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­114-115
  • 49.­5
  • 50.­1-2
  • 50.­5
g.­1231

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • lta na sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་ན་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 14.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78-79
  • 13.­17
  • 14.­2-3
  • 14.­6-8
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­28
  • 15.­1
g.­1237

Sudhana

Wylie:
  • nor bzang
  • nor bzangs
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བཟང་།
  • ནོར་བཟངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sudhana

The son of a prominent upāsaka, he is the main protagonist of the Gaṇḍavyūha Sūtra.

Located in 519 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­3
  • i.­5-6
  • i.­9
  • i.­11
  • i.­23
  • i.­40-41
  • i.­49-50
  • i.­61
  • i.­68-121
  • 3.­28
  • 3.­30-31
  • 3.­33-37
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­79-80
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­95
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­37
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­19
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­13
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­28
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­3-5
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­22
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­16-17
  • 8.­36
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­3-4
  • 9.­6-9
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­13-45
  • 9.­48
  • 9.­51-52
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­32
  • 10.­64
  • 10.­67
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­3-5
  • 11.­8
  • 11.­10-12
  • 11.­15-16
  • 11.­19
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­4
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­27-28
  • 12.­30-31
  • 12.­34
  • 13.­1-5
  • 13.­8-9
  • 13.­11-12
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­18
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­7-8
  • 14.­27-28
  • 15.­1
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­18-19
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­12
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­35
  • 16.­42
  • 16.­44
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­11
  • 17.­23
  • 17.­25-26
  • 18.­1-5
  • 18.­21
  • 19.­1-4
  • 19.­26
  • 20.­1-2
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­9
  • 20.­11-12
  • 20.­16-17
  • 20.­19
  • 20.­21-25
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­1
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­13
  • 21.­16-21
  • 21.­57
  • 21.­61
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­7-8
  • 22.­20
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­26-28
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­49-50
  • 22.­54
  • 23.­1-3
  • 23.­20
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­16
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­3-4
  • 26.­11
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­9
  • 27.­44
  • 27.­47-48
  • 27.­55
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­10-11
  • 28.­15
  • 28.­21
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­20-22
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­3-5
  • 30.­7
  • 30.­17
  • 30.­19-20
  • 30.­43
  • 30.­45
  • 31.­1
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­8
  • 31.­16
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­3-4
  • 32.­6-8
  • 32.­16
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­4-5
  • 33.­13
  • 34.­1
  • 34.­10
  • 34.­42
  • 34.­44-45
  • 34.­64
  • 34.­76
  • 34.­87
  • 35.­1
  • 35.­20
  • 35.­34
  • 36.­1
  • 36.­3
  • 36.­39
  • 36.­42
  • 36.­53-54
  • 36.­145
  • 37.­1-3
  • 37.­11
  • 37.­14
  • 37.­34
  • 37.­130-131
  • 37.­162
  • 38.­1
  • 38.­4-5
  • 38.­47
  • 38.­51
  • 38.­79-80
  • 38.­92
  • 38.­103
  • 39.­1
  • 39.­3
  • 39.­5
  • 39.­26
  • 39.­44
  • 39.­56
  • 39.­68
  • 40.­1-3
  • 40.­6
  • 40.­22
  • 40.­158
  • 40.­165
  • 40.­179
  • 41.­1-2
  • 41.­6-7
  • 41.­20-21
  • 41.­99
  • 41.­137
  • 42.­1
  • 42.­42
  • 42.­55
  • 42.­91
  • 42.­132
  • 43.­1
  • 43.­4
  • 43.­8
  • 43.­15
  • 43.­26-27
  • 43.­30-31
  • 43.­49-50
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­331
  • 44.­1
  • 44.­3
  • 44.­21-24
  • 44.­27
  • 44.­29
  • 44.­38-39
  • 44.­68
  • 44.­80
  • 45.­1-2
  • 45.­13
  • 46.­1-2
  • 47.­1
  • 47.­27
  • 48.­1
  • 48.­5
  • 49.­1
  • 49.­6
  • 50.­1
  • 50.­5
  • 51.­1
  • 51.­4
  • 52.­1
  • 52.­5
  • 53.­1-2
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­41
  • 54.­1
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­6
  • 54.­14
  • 54.­70-73
  • 54.­84
  • 54.­91
  • 54.­122
  • 54.­133
  • 54.­148-150
  • 54.­162-164
  • 54.­166
  • 54.­170-171
  • 54.­173
  • 54.­183
  • 54.­187-195
  • 54.­197
  • 54.­201
  • 54.­208
  • 54.­322
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­328-329
  • 54.­353
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­378
  • 54.­380-381
  • 54.­383
  • 54.­387-391
  • 54.­395-398
  • 54.­400-401
  • 54.­404
  • 54.­407
  • 54.­419-420
  • 55.­1-3
  • 56.­1-2
  • 56.­5
  • 56.­29
  • 56.­43-47
  • 56.­65
  • 56.­67-69
  • 56.­134-135
  • n.­405
  • n.­1267
  • n.­1318
  • n.­1435
  • n.­1441
  • n.­1544
  • n.­2028
  • n.­2159
  • g.­678
  • g.­1269
g.­1243

sugata

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).

Located in 70 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­115
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­41-42
  • 2.­44-45
  • 2.­51
  • 3.­56
  • 18.­14
  • 28.­15
  • 34.­70
  • 35.­21
  • 35.­23
  • 35.­32
  • 36.­49
  • 36.­91
  • 36.­95
  • 36.­99
  • 36.­103
  • 36.­123
  • 37.­135
  • 37.­137
  • 37.­141
  • 37.­148
  • 37.­150
  • 37.­158
  • 38.­82-83
  • 39.­48
  • 39.­50
  • 39.­52
  • 39.­67
  • 40.­46
  • 40.­120
  • 40.­168
  • 40.­174
  • 41.­13
  • 41.­42
  • 41.­63
  • 41.­100
  • 41.­111-112
  • 41.­114
  • 41.­117
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­115
  • 43.­42
  • 43.­114
  • 43.­135
  • 43.­204
  • 43.­232
  • 43.­305
  • 54.­34
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­58
  • 54.­85-86
  • 54.­161
  • 54.­164-165
  • 54.­177
  • 54.­180
  • 56.­75
  • c.­2
  • n.­190
  • n.­1392
  • n.­1814
g.­1245

Sugrīva

Wylie:
  • mgul legs pa
Tibetan:
  • མགུལ་ལེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugrīva

A mountain in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­1
g.­1248

Sukhāvatī

Wylie:
  • bde ba yod pa
  • bde ba can
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་ཡོད་པ།
  • བདེ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • sukhāvatī

The realm of the Buddha Amitābha, also known as Amitāyus, which was first described in the Sukhāvatīvyūha Sūtra (Toh 115, The Display of the Pure Land of Sukhāvatī).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­10
  • 8.­29
  • 56.­128
  • g.­48
  • g.­815
g.­1251

Sumanāmukha

Wylie:
  • yid bzang po’i sgo
  • yid bde ba mngon du ’gyur ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་བཟང་པོའི་སྒོ།
  • ཡིད་བདེ་བ་མངོན་དུ་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumanāmukha

A town and region in South India in chapters 53 and 55. In chapter 53 it is translated as yid bzang po’i sgo, and in chapter 55 as yi bde ba mngon du ’gyur ba.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­120
  • 52.­4
  • 53.­1
  • 55.­1-2
g.­1254

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­46
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­47
  • 2.­36
  • 5.­13
  • 7.­9
  • 14.­6
  • 20.­12
  • 21.­15
  • 22.­28
  • 33.­8
  • 34.­65
  • 34.­68-69
  • 34.­72
  • 36.­73
  • 37.­36
  • 37.­52
  • 37.­67
  • 37.­115
  • 37.­134
  • 37.­157
  • 39.­26-28
  • 39.­36-38
  • 39.­48
  • 40.­53
  • 40.­86
  • 40.­139
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­74
  • 42.­46
  • 43.­59
  • 43.­172
  • 44.­69
  • 53.­38
  • 54.­252
  • 54.­382
  • 56.­30
  • n.­504
  • n.­985
  • n.­1179
  • n.­1805
  • g.­231
  • g.­522
  • g.­736
  • g.­747
  • g.­973
  • g.­1238
  • g.­1338
g.­1257

Sumukha

Wylie:
  • sgo bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumukha

A city in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­79
  • 14.­26
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­4
g.­1260

Sunetra (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • bzang po’i myig
  • bzang po’i mig
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོའི་མྱིག
  • བཟང་པོའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • sunetra

A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī in chapter 1.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1264

Sunirmita

Wylie:
  • rab ’phrul dga’
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunirmita

The principal deity in the Nirmāṇarati paradise, the second highest paradise in the desire realm.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­13
  • 12.­12
  • 21.­45
  • 24.­17
  • 27.­14
  • 36.­21
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­86
  • 44.­35
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
g.­1268

Suprabha

Wylie:
  • ’od bzang po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabha

“Excellent Light.” In chapter 41 it is the name of a kalpa in the distant past. Also in chapter 41 it is the name of a future kalpa with five hundred buddhas. In chapter 45 it is the name of another kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 41.­41
  • 41.­74
  • 41.­89-90
  • 41.­97-98
  • 41.­102
  • 45.­7
g.­1271

Suprabha

Wylie:
  • ’od bzang po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabha

In chapter 21 it is the name of a city in the south of India. It is also the name of a forest in another world in the distant past during the kalpa of that name. The name means “excellent light.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85-86
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­2-4
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­29
  • 21.­31
  • 21.­36
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1
  • 41.­43
g.­1274

Supratiṣṭhita

Wylie:
  • shin tu brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • supratiṣṭhita

A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 6.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­70-71
  • 5.­18
  • 6.­1-3
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­12-13
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­28
g.­1277

Suraśmi

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer bzang po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suraśmi

“Excellent Light Rays.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­90
g.­1280

Surendrābhā

Wylie:
  • lha dbang ’od
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་དབང་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • surendrābhā

The kalyāṇamitra of chapter 45, a goddess of the Trāyastriṃśa paradise.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­109-110
  • 44.­79
  • 45.­1-2
  • 45.­13
g.­1281

Surendrabodhi

Wylie:
  • su ren+t+ra bo d+hi
  • su ren+d+ra bo d+hi
Tibetan:
  • སུ་རེནྟྲ་བོ་དྷི།
  • སུ་རེནྡྲ་བོ་དྷི།
Sanskrit:
  • surendrabodhi

Surendrabodhi came to Tibet during reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He is listed as the translator of forty-three texts and was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­33
  • c.­1
  • c.­5
g.­1282

Sūrya­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­dhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1283

Sūrya­garbha

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­garbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1286

Sūrya­prabha

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­prabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1287

Sūrya­prabha

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i mdog
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­prabha

A park in Kaliṅgavana. Also the name of a park in another world in the distant past.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 27.­2-3
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­43
  • 41.­59
g.­1292

Sūryottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • nyi ma dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sūryottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1296

Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid kyi dkyil ’khor bzang pos dga’ ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་བཟང་པོས་དགའ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī

The forest goddess of Lumbinī and the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 42.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­106-107
  • 41.­136
  • 42.­2-5
  • 42.­42
  • 42.­91
  • 42.­106
  • 42.­132
  • 43.­1
g.­1303

Suvilokita­netra

Wylie:
  • shin tu rnam par lta ba’i myig
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • suvilokita­netra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1309

Suyāma

Wylie:
  • rab mtshe ma
Tibetan:
  • རབ་མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • suyāma

The principal deity in the Yāma paradise.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­13
  • 12.­14
  • 21.­45
  • 24.­15
  • 27.­16
  • 36.­22
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­85
  • 44.­36
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
g.­1314

Tai Situpa

Wylie:
  • ta’i si tu pa
Tibetan:
  • ཏའི་སི་ཏུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A Chinese title, meaning “Great Preceptor.” It was conferred by the Chinese emperor in 1407 on Chökyi Gyaltsen (chos kyi rgyal mtshan), a prominent Karma Kagyü lama. Following his death there have been recognitions of continuous rebirths up to the present time.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31
  • n.­2254
  • g.­255
g.­1316

Tāreśvararāja

Wylie:
  • skar ma’i dbang phyug rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མའི་དབང་ཕྱུག་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • tāreśvararāja

A buddha in an eastern realm.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­18
  • g.­1380
g.­1317

Tashi Wangchuk

Wylie:
  • bkra shis dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

An editor of the Degé version of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­33
  • c.­14
g.­1318

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

A title of for a buddha. Gata, although literally meaning “gone,” is a past-passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. As buddhahood is indescribable it means “one who is thus.”

Located in 677 passages in the translation:

  • i.­69
  • i.­107
  • i.­114
  • 1.­1-5
  • 1.­10-15
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­19
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­25
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­29-40
  • 1.­45
  • 1.­48-49
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­53-58
  • 1.­157
  • 1.­160
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­3-5
  • 2.­12-13
  • 2.­27-28
  • 2.­30-31
  • 2.­33-38
  • 2.­54-56
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­9
  • 3.­15-18
  • 3.­21-23
  • 4.­7-9
  • 4.­11-12
  • 4.­14-17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­23-27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­34
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­4-5
  • 5.­9-10
  • 5.­12
  • 5.­15
  • 5.­17
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­23
  • 6.­25
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­17
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­9
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­17-31
  • 8.­33-34
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­11-12
  • 9.­22-31
  • 9.­38-39
  • 9.­41
  • 10.­20-21
  • 10.­24-26
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­44
  • 10.­55
  • 11.­7
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­22-23
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­11
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­4
  • 14.­11
  • 14.­13-14
  • 14.­18-19
  • 14.­25
  • 15.­8
  • 17.­3
  • 17.­12
  • 17.­22-23
  • 18.­9-10
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­14-16
  • 18.­18-19
  • 19.­12-13
  • 19.­21-22
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­10-15
  • 22.­28-29
  • 22.­31-32
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­41
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­11-12
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­16
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­8-9
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­49
  • 27.­52-53
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­15-18
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­4-13
  • 29.­15-18
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­4
  • 30.­11
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­11
  • 31.­14
  • 32.­8
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­7-11
  • 34.­34-35
  • 34.­38
  • 34.­65-66
  • 34.­68
  • 34.­70-72
  • 34.­74
  • 35.­2
  • 35.­5-7
  • 35.­18
  • 35.­31
  • 36.­3
  • 36.­8-10
  • 36.­12
  • 36.­14
  • 36.­16-17
  • 36.­35
  • 36.­41-42
  • 36.­78
  • 36.­142-144
  • 37.­10
  • 37.­35
  • 37.­49
  • 37.­52-65
  • 37.­67
  • 37.­69
  • 37.­71-72
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­83
  • 37.­96
  • 37.­98-105
  • 37.­108-110
  • 37.­113-128
  • 38.­6-7
  • 38.­9
  • 38.­15-16
  • 38.­38
  • 38.­44
  • 38.­49
  • 38.­53-65
  • 38.­68-71
  • 38.­73-77
  • 39.­4-5
  • 39.­7
  • 39.­10
  • 39.­12
  • 39.­16
  • 39.­18-22
  • 39.­25-29
  • 39.­31-38
  • 39.­49
  • 39.­51
  • 40.­7-10
  • 40.­21
  • 40.­23-25
  • 40.­31
  • 40.­48-49
  • 40.­52
  • 40.­60
  • 40.­68
  • 40.­92
  • 40.­153
  • 40.­158
  • 40.­177-178
  • 41.­1
  • 41.­3
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­21-22
  • 41.­30
  • 41.­42-43
  • 41.­61-63
  • 41.­66-67
  • 41.­71
  • 41.­75-76
  • 41.­78-79
  • 41.­84-89
  • 41.­91-98
  • 41.­112
  • 41.­136
  • 42.­3-5
  • 42.­8
  • 42.­10-11
  • 42.­14-15
  • 42.­21
  • 42.­24
  • 42.­26-28
  • 42.­30
  • 42.­33
  • 42.­38-40
  • 42.­53
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­64-65
  • 42.­73
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­94
  • 42.­96-97
  • 42.­100
  • 42.­103-105
  • 42.­109
  • 42.­130
  • 43.­4-6
  • 43.­13
  • 43.­30
  • 43.­33
  • 43.­39
  • 43.­42
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­60-61
  • 43.­63
  • 43.­114-116
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­177
  • 43.­180
  • 43.­200
  • 43.­202
  • 43.­205
  • 43.­218-220
  • 43.­223
  • 43.­225
  • 43.­229
  • 43.­231-232
  • 43.­234
  • 43.­236
  • 43.­243
  • 43.­249-255
  • 43.­258-279
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­284
  • 43.­287
  • 43.­297-298
  • 44.­4
  • 44.­6-9
  • 44.­13-15
  • 44.­17
  • 44.­19
  • 44.­22-26
  • 44.­31
  • 44.­38
  • 44.­46
  • 44.­49-50
  • 44.­56
  • 44.­60
  • 44.­62
  • 44.­64
  • 44.­66-67
  • 44.­71
  • 44.­73
  • 44.­75
  • 44.­77-78
  • 45.­3
  • 45.­5-10
  • 49.­3
  • 53.­16
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­2-6
  • 54.­10
  • 54.­182
  • 54.­198-200
  • 54.­244
  • 54.­259
  • 54.­263
  • 54.­265
  • 54.­267
  • 54.­291
  • 54.­299
  • 54.­318
  • 54.­329-330
  • 54.­332
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­349
  • 54.­356-359
  • 54.­361
  • 54.­370
  • 54.­377
  • 54.­397
  • 54.­405
  • 54.­408-410
  • 54.­413
  • 54.­415
  • 54.­417-418
  • 56.­1-7
  • 56.­10-12
  • 56.­14-15
  • 56.­17-18
  • 56.­35-37
  • 56.­40
  • 56.­42
  • 56.­45
  • 56.­47
  • 56.­49
  • 56.­54-55
  • 56.­57-58
  • 56.­65
  • 56.­70
  • c.­15
  • n.­68
  • n.­220
  • n.­356
  • n.­759
  • n.­791
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1326
  • n.­1331
  • n.­1404
  • n.­1422
  • n.­1491
  • n.­1514
  • n.­1520
  • n.­1524
  • n.­1526
  • n.­1532
  • n.­1558
  • n.­1639
  • n.­1701
  • n.­1734
  • n.­1816
  • n.­1829
  • n.­1832
  • n.­1983
  • n.­2010
  • n.­2176
  • n.­2193
  • n.­2224
  • g.­1138
  • g.­1140
  • g.­1325
  • g.­1526
g.­1319

Tathāgata­kula­gotrodgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i rgyud kyi gdung gis ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་རྒྱུད་ཀྱི་གདུང་གིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata­kula­gotrodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1324

ten good actions

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­kuśala­karma

Abstaining from killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, uttering divisive talk, speaking harsh words, gossiping, covetousness, ill will, and wrong views.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­28
  • 37.­40
  • 40.­55
  • 54.­333
  • 54.­377
  • c.­13
g.­1325

ten strengths

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabala

The ten strengths of a tathāgata are (1) the knowledge of what is possible and not possible, (2) the knowledge of the ripening of karma, (3) the knowledge of the variety of aspirations, (4) the knowledge of the variety of natures, (5) the knowledge of the levels of capabilities, (6) the knowledge of the destinations of all paths, (7) the knowledge of dhyāna, liberation, samādhi, samāpatti, and so on, (8) the knowledge of remembering past lives, (9) the knowledge of deaths and rebirths, and (10) the knowledge of the cessation of defilements.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­32-34
  • 4.­16
  • 5.­17
  • 8.­33
  • 11.­5
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­12
  • 12.­20
  • 14.­17
  • 17.­3
  • 17.­12
  • 20.­1
  • 22.­48
  • 22.­52
  • 30.­3
  • 34.­9
  • 34.­35
  • 36.­39
  • 36.­96
  • 36.­135
  • 37.­103
  • 37.­134
  • 40.­13
  • 40.­23
  • 41.­5
  • 42.­118
  • 43.­5
  • 44.­4
  • 45.­11
  • n.­724
  • g.­1215
g.­1326

Tenpa Tsering

Wylie:
  • bstan pa tshe ring
Tibetan:
  • བསྟན་པ་ཚེ་རིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1678–1738). King of Degé.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31
  • c.­13
g.­1328

The Illumination of the Field of Causes

Wylie:
  • rgyu’i dkyil ’khor rab tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • hetu­maṇḍala­prabhāsa

A sūtra taught in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­67
g.­1332

three realms

Wylie:
  • khams gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • traidhātuka

The three realms that contain all the various kinds of existence in saṃsāra: the desire realm, the form realm, and the formless realm.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­130
  • 3.­41
  • 3.­51
  • 5.­2
  • 9.­45
  • 15.­18
  • 17.­7
  • 22.­52
  • 36.­13
  • 38.­7-8
  • 38.­87
  • 39.­40
  • 40.­4
  • 41.­51
  • 41.­71
  • 43.­199
  • 53.­7
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­105
  • 54.­120
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­232
  • 54.­299
  • 54.­383
  • 56.­123
  • n.­1080
  • n.­1945
  • g.­268
  • g.­446
g.­1333

thunderbolt

Wylie:
  • rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

The word vajra refers to the “thunderbolt,” the indestructible and irresistible weapon that first appears in Indian literature in the hand of the Vedic deity Indra. The word vajra is also used for “diamond.”

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­62
  • 3.­74
  • 32.­14
  • 33.­1
  • 40.­13
  • 40.­81
  • 41.­71
  • 54.­101
  • 56.­6
  • g.­522
  • g.­973
  • g.­1402
g.­1338

Trāyastriṃśa

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • trāyastriṃśa
  • tridaśaloka
  • tridaśa

The paradise of Śakra, also known as Indra, on the summit of Sumeru. The names means “Thirty-Three,” from the thirty-three principal deities that dwell there.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4-5
  • i.­46
  • i.­109-111
  • 10.­13
  • 16.­8
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­17
  • 44.­36
  • 44.­79
  • 45.­1
  • 46.­1
  • n.­504
  • n.­1147
  • n.­1156
  • g.­1179
  • g.­1280
g.­1340

Trisong Detsen

Wylie:
  • khri srong lde btsan
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲི་སྲོང་ལྡེ་བཙན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

King of Tibet who reigned circa 742/55–798/804 ᴄᴇ.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • g.­552
  • g.­618
g.­1347

Tryadhvāvabhāsa­buddhi

Wylie:
  • dus gsum snang ba’i blo
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ་སྣང་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • tryadhvāvabhāsa­buddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1348

Tushun

Wylie:
  • thu thu zhun
Tibetan:
  • ཐུ་ཐུ་ཞུན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Also written Dushun (557–640). The first patriarch of the Huayan School, which is based on the Avataṃsaka Sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­6
g.­1349

Tuṣita

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṣita

The fourth (counting from the lowest) of the six paradises in the desire realm. The paradise from which buddhas descend to be born in this world.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4-5
  • i.­46
  • i.­119
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 13.­15
  • 22.­49
  • 24.­16
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­48-49
  • 36.­13
  • 40.­115
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­121
  • 44.­46
  • 44.­54-55
  • 44.­62
  • 54.­351
  • 54.­415
  • n.­1614
  • g.­1055
g.­1353

Üpa Sangyé Bum

Wylie:
  • dbus pa sangs rgyas ’bum
Tibetan:
  • དབུས་པ་སངས་རྒྱས་འབུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A scholar of Narthang (1270–1355) also known as Üpa Losal (dbus pa blo gsal). He was a student of Chomden Rikpai Raltri (bcom ldan rig pa'i ral gri) and worked on the gathering of translations and compiling of the contents of the earliest Kangyurs. Lotsawa Chokden (q.v.) was one of his students.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­6
g.­1355

upādhyāya

Wylie:
  • mkhan po
Tibetan:
  • མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

In India, a person’s particular preceptor within the monastic tradition, guiding that person for the taking of full vows and the maintenance of conduct and practice. The Tibetan translation mkhan po has also come to mean “a learned scholar,” the equivalent of a paṇḍita, but that is not the intended meaning in the sūtras.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­12
  • 3.­15
  • c.­1
  • g.­515
g.­1357

upāsaka

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsaka

A male who has taken the layperson’s vows.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­68
  • 3.­25-26
  • 54.­373
  • g.­178
  • g.­443
  • g.­676
  • g.­680
  • g.­863
  • g.­879
  • g.­1183
  • g.­1185
  • g.­1234
  • g.­1237
  • g.­1253
  • g.­1440
  • g.­1543
g.­1359

upāsikā

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsikā

A female who has taken the layperson’s vows.

Located in 62 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­74-75
  • i.­80
  • i.­86-87
  • 3.­25
  • 3.­27
  • 9.­50
  • 10.­12-13
  • 10.­15-17
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­67
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­9-13
  • 16.­21-22
  • 16.­36
  • 16.­39
  • 16.­42
  • 16.­44
  • 21.­60
  • 22.­4-7
  • 22.­16-21
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­48-51
  • 22.­54
  • 23.­1
  • 54.­373
  • g.­15
  • g.­125
  • g.­179
  • g.­242
  • g.­443
  • g.­615
  • g.­681
  • g.­824
  • g.­1196
  • g.­1217
  • g.­1244
  • g.­1250
  • g.­1270
g.­1368

Utpalanetra

Wylie:
  • ut+pa la’i myig
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏྤ་ལའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • utpalanetra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1373

Vaidyarāja

Wylie:
  • sman pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྨན་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaidyarāja

The last of five hundred buddhas in a kalpa in the distant future.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­75
g.­1378

Vairocana­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­dhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1380

Vairocana­garbha

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­garbha

The name of a bodhisattva in the presence of the Buddha at Śrāvastī, and also the name of a bodhisattva seen by Muktaka in the buddha realm of the Buddha Tāreśvararāja in the east.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 8.­18
g.­1389

Vairocana­rakṣita

Wylie:
  • bai ro tsa na rak+Shi ta
Tibetan:
  • བཻ་རོ་ཙ་ན་རཀྵི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­rakṣita

Eighth-century Tibetan master and translator, usually referred to simply as Vairocana or Bairotsana.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32-33
  • c.­5
  • n.­2233
g.­1391

Vairocana­śrī

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­śrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1399

Vairocanottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocanottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1401

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • ngal bso po
Tibetan:
  • ངལ་བསོ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

As one of the Four Mahārājas, he is the lord of the northern region of the world and the northern continent, though in early Buddhism he is the lord of the far north of India and beyond. He is also the lord of the yakṣas and a lord of wealth. Translated in other sūtras as rnam thos kyi bu and mchog gi gzugs.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­19
  • 36.­24
  • 41.­95
  • 53.­31
  • 54.­210
  • g.­683
g.­1402

vajra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

The word vajra refers to the “thunderbolt,” the indestructible and irresistible weapon that first appears in Indian literature in the hand of the Vedic deity Indra. The word vajra is also used for “diamond.”

Located in 57 passages in the translation:

  • i.­62
  • 1.­7
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­15
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­24
  • 1.­32
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­93
  • 2.­33-34
  • 2.­36
  • 3.­58
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­6
  • 11.­1
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­32
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­25
  • 20.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­32
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­40
  • 34.­74
  • 36.­12
  • 38.­43
  • 39.­7
  • 42.­21
  • 42.­46
  • 42.­79
  • 43.­102
  • 44.­30
  • 47.­6
  • 53.­26
  • 54.­33
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­284
  • 56.­1
  • n.­369
  • n.­443
  • n.­488
  • n.­506
  • n.­705
  • n.­1041
  • n.­1409
  • n.­1724
  • n.­1869
  • g.­45
  • g.­411
  • g.­1333
  • g.­1414
  • g.­1415
g.­1412

Vajranetra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i myig
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • vajranetra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1414

vajrapāṇi

Wylie:
  • lag na rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapāṇi

These vajra wielders are like the Vajrapāṇi who was the yakṣa that acted as the Buddha’s bodyguard. In the Mantrayāna there appeared the bodhisattva named Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 27.­40
g.­1415

Vajrapāṇi

Wylie:
  • lag na rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapāṇi

In the sūtra tradition, Vajrapāṇi was a yakṣa who acted as the Buddha Śākyamuni’s bodyguard. Also identified as being a manifestation of Śakra and could appear as a number of vajrapāṇis to guard the Buddha. With the advent of the Mantrayāna he is a bodhisattva. Also a euphemism for Indra or a group of vajra-wielding deities in Indra’s realm.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­15
  • 36.­31
  • g.­1414
g.­1422

Vajrāsana

Wylie:
  • rdo rje gdan pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་གདན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāsana

This is Amoghavajra, Vajrāsana the younger (eleventh century), who was the successor of Vajrāsana the elder. They were both the abbots of the Vajrāsana Monastery in what is now Bodhgaya. His teachings are important in the Sakya tradition.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­7
  • g.­172
g.­1425

Vajrottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • rdo rje dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1430

Vartanaka

Wylie:
  • ’tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vartanaka

A town in Magadha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­112
  • 47.­26
  • 48.­1
g.­1435

Vāsantī

Wylie:
  • dpyid dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔྱིད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsantī

A night goddess.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98-99
  • 33.­12
  • 34.­3
  • 34.­9-10
  • 34.­42
  • 34.­64-65
  • 34.­76
  • 34.­87
  • 35.­1
g.­1436

Vaśavartin

Wylie:
  • dbang bsgyur
  • dbang sgyur
Tibetan:
  • དབང་བསྒྱུར།
  • དབང་སྒྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vaśavartin

The principal deity in the Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin paradise. It is the highest paradise in the desire realm.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­13-14
  • 21.­45
  • 27.­13
  • 36.­20
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­87
  • 44.­35
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­262
g.­1437

Vaśavartin

Wylie:
  • dbang sgyur
Tibetan:
  • དབང་སྒྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vaśavartin

“Mastery.” The highest paradise in the desire realm, so named because the inhabitants have power over the emanations of others. Also called Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­11
  • 27.­7
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
  • g.­800
g.­1442

Vasumitrā

Wylie:
  • lha’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • vasumitrā

An courtesan in Ratnavyūha.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92-93
  • 27.­54
  • 28.­1-5
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­11-12
  • 28.­15
  • 28.­21
  • g.­1253
g.­1446

Veśadhārin

Wylie:
  • shugs mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • veśadhārin

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­93
g.­1447

Veṣṭhila

Wylie:
  • nan khugs
Tibetan:
  • ནན་ཁུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • veṣṭhila

A householder, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 29.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­18
  • i.­93-94
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­3
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­22
  • 30.­1
  • g.­1377
g.­1473

Vijitāvin

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijitāvin

A prince in another world in the distant past.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­106
  • 41.­47
  • 41.­51-56
  • 41.­62-64
  • 41.­70-71
  • 41.­79
  • 41.­89
  • 41.­104
  • 41.­113
  • 41.­119
g.­1475

Vikurvita­prabha

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’phrul pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཕྲུལ་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vikurvita­prabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1477

Vimala­bāhu

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­bāhu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­94
g.­1479

Vimala­buddhi

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa’i blo
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­buddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • n.­60
g.­1481

Vimala­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • dri myed rgyal mtshan
  • rgyal mtshan dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མྱེད་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
  • རྒྱལ་མཚན་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­dhvaja

In chapter 1 it is the name of one of the bodhisattvas in the presence of the Buddha at Śrāvastī (translated as dri myed rgyal mtshan). In chapter 44 it is the name of a bodhisattva in another world in the distant past (translated as rgyal mtshan dri ma med pa).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 44.­70-71
g.­1483

Vimala­netra

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa’i myig
  • mig dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་མྱིག
  • མིག་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­netra

In chapter 1, dri ma myed pa’i myig is the name of a bodhisattva present with the Buddha Śākyamuni in Śrāvastī; in chapter 43, mig dri ma med pa is the name of the precious minister of a cakravartin.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 43.­244
g.­1484

Vimala­prabha

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­prabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1487

Vimala­tejaḥ­prabha

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid dri ma myed pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­tejaḥ­prabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1488

Vimala­tejas

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1490

Vimala­vatsa

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa’i sras
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་སྲས།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­vatsa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­92
g.­1491

Vimalottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • dri myed dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མྱེད་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1496

vipaśyanā

Wylie:
  • lhag mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyanā

Insight meditation.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­13
  • 54.­242
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­381
  • 56.­1
g.­1504

Virajadhvaja

Wylie:
  • rdul myed rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་མྱེད་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • virajadhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1505

Virajaprabha

Wylie:
  • rdul dang bral ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • virajaprabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1507

Virajottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • rdul myed dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་མྱེད་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • virajottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1510

Virūḍhaka

Wylie:
  • ’phags skyes po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūḍhaka

One of the Four Mahārājas, he is the guardian of the southern direction and the lord of the kumbhāṇḍas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­23
  • g.­683
g.­1511

Virūpākṣa

Wylie:
  • mig mi bzang
Tibetan:
  • མིག་མི་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpākṣa

One of the Four Mahārājas, he is the guardian of the western direction and traditionally the lord of the nāgas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­24
  • g.­683
g.­1513

Viśālabuddhi

Wylie:
  • yangs pa’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśālabuddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1514

Viśeṣodgata

Wylie:
  • khyad par gyis ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱད་པར་གྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśeṣodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1517

Viśuddhabuddhi

Wylie:
  • rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i blo
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśuddhabuddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1521

Viśuddhanetra

Wylie:
  • rnam par dag pa’i myig
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་དག་པའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • viśuddhanetra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1524

Viśvāmitra

Wylie:
  • kun gyi bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་གྱི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • viśvāmitra

In chapter 44 it is the name of one of the future buddhas of this kalpa. It is also the name of the kalyāṇamitra in chapter 46, the teacher of children.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­110-111
  • 44.­63
  • 45.­12
  • 46.­1-2
g.­1532

white lotus

Wylie:
  • pun da ri ka
Tibetan:
  • པུན་ད་རི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • puṇḍarīka

Nelumbo nucifera. The white variant of the red lotus, which is otherwise the same species.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 16.­5
  • 21.­4
  • 21.­11
  • 27.­3
  • 28.­5
  • 32.­4
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­146
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­369
  • g.­943
g.­1534

yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

A class of supernatural beings, often represented as the attendants of the god of wealth, although the term is also applied to spirits. Although they are generally portrayed as benevolent, the Tibetan translation means “harm giver,” as they are also capable of causing harm.

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­9
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­18
  • 14.­5
  • 15.­2-3
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 21.­54
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 25.­10
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­19
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­40
  • 36.­24
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­20
  • 38.­65
  • 40.­146
  • 41.­61
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­393
  • 56.­89
  • n.­506
  • g.­809
  • g.­1401
  • g.­1414
  • g.­1415
g.­1536

Yama

Wylie:
  • gshin rje
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • yama

The lord of death, who judges the dead and rules over the hells; the realm of Yama is synonymous with the world of the pretas.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 7.­16
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 11.­8
  • 20.­9
  • 23.­7
  • 26.­6
  • 30.­41
  • 36.­27
  • 37.­5
  • 37.­8
  • 42.­60
  • 54.­335
  • 54.­384
  • 56.­30
  • n.­266
  • n.­414
  • g.­856
  • g.­1533
  • g.­1535
  • g.­1537
g.­1537

Yāma

Wylie:
  • mtshe ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāma

The third (counting from the lowest) of the six paradises in the desire realm. The usual translation is ’thab bral from “Yāma.” Here, the Tibetan translation appears to be from Yama, the name for the lord of death.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­46
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­16
  • g.­1309
g.­1544

Yaśodgata

Wylie:
  • grags pas ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1547

Yeshé Dé

Wylie:
  • ye shes sde
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Chief editor of the translation program based in Samyé Monastery from the late eighth to early ninth century in Tibet. He was from the Nanam (sna nam) clan, and so is often called Nanam Yeshé Dé.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • c.­1
  • n.­2225
g.­1548

yojana

Wylie:
  • dpag tshad
Tibetan:
  • དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit:
  • yojana

The longest unit of distance in classical India. The lack of a uniform standard for the smaller units means that there is no precise equivalent, especially as its theoretical length tended to increase over time. Therefore it can mean between four and ten miles.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­120
  • 5.­18
  • 8.­15
  • 15.­11
  • 20.­13
  • 21.­5
  • 21.­10
  • 27.­3
  • 36.­63
  • 37.­44
  • 37.­81
  • 40.­53
  • 54.­244
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­382
  • 55.­2
  • n.­2150
0
    You are downloading:

    The Stem Array

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Stem Array (Gaṇḍa­vyūha, sdong pos brgyan pa, Toh 44-45). Translated by Peter Alan Roberts and team. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh44-45/UT22084-037-007-chapter-41.Copy
    84000. The Stem Array (Gaṇḍa­vyūha, sdong pos brgyan pa, Toh 44-45). Translated by Peter Alan Roberts and team, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh44-45/UT22084-037-007-chapter-41.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Stem Array (Gaṇḍa­vyūha, sdong pos brgyan pa, Toh 44-45). (Peter Alan Roberts and team, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh44-45/UT22084-037-007-chapter-41.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from The Sūtra of the Ornaments of the Buddhas
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy